Distributed resource unit tone plan-based method and device for transmission or reception in wireless LAN system

Abstract

A distributed resource unit tone plan-based method and device for transmission or reception in a wireless LAN system are disclosed. A method according to one embodiment of the present disclosure may comprise steps in which a first station (STA): generates a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) including one or more fields; and transmits the PPDU to one or more second STAs on a bandwidth including a 20 MHz channel. Here, the one or more fields can be transmitted on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs).

Description

Method and device for transmitting or receiving based on a distributed resource unit tone plan in a wireless LAN system

[0001] The present disclosure relates to a method and device for transmitting or receiving based on a distributed resource unit tone plan in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system.

[0002] New technologies have been introduced for wireless local area networks (WLANs) to improve transmission rates, increase bandwidth, enhance reliability, reduce errors, and reduce latency. Among WLAN technologies, the IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 802.11 series of standards can be referred to as Wi-Fi. For example, recently introduced technologies for WLANs include enhancements for Very High Throughput (VHT) in the 802.11ac standard and enhancements for High Efficiency (HE) in the IEEE 802.11ax standard.

[0003] To provide a more advanced wireless communication environment, improved technologies for Extremely High Throughput (EHT) are being discussed. For example, technologies for Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO), which supports increased bandwidth, efficient utilization of multiple bands, and increased spatial streams, and for coordination of multiple access points (APs), are being studied. In particular, various technologies are being studied to support low latency or real-time traffic. Furthermore, new technologies are being discussed to support ultra-high reliability (UHR), including improvements or extensions of EHT technology.

[0004] The technical problem of the present disclosure is to provide a method and device for transmitting or receiving based on a distributed resource unit tone plan in a wireless LAN system.

[0005] The technical problems to be achieved in the present disclosure are not limited to the technical problems mentioned above, and other technical problems not mentioned can be clearly understood by a person having ordinary skill in the technical field to which the present disclosure belongs from the description below.

[0006] A method according to one aspect of the present disclosure comprises the steps of: generating, by a first station (STA), a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) including one or more fields; and transmitting, by the first STA, the PPDU to one or more second STAs on a bandwidth including a channel of a predetermined size, wherein the one or more fields are transmitted on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), and based on the one or more DRUs including a 26-tone DRU, the 26-tone DRU may be one of a plurality of predefined 26-tone DRU candidates. Here, two pilot tones for the 26-tone DRU candidates are defined by applying a shift value to two tone indices in a specific order among 26 tones of the 26-tone DRU candidates, and the shift value may be one of nine different shift values ​​for the plurality of 26-tone DRU candidates.

[0007] A method according to an additional aspect of the present disclosure comprises the steps of: receiving, by a second STA, a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) from a first STA, a PPDU including one or more fields on a bandwidth including a channel of a predetermined size; and decoding, by the second STA, the one or more fields received on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), wherein the one or more fields are transmitted on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), and based on the one or more DRUs including a 26-tone DRU, the 26-tone DRU may be one of a predefined plurality of 26-tone DRU candidates. Here, two pilot tones for the 26-tone DRU candidates are defined by applying a shift value to two tone indices in a specific order among 26 tones of the 26-tone DRU candidates, wherein the shift value may be one of nine different shift values ​​predefined for the plurality of 26-tone DRU candidates.

[0008] According to the present disclosure, a method and device for transmitting or receiving based on a distributed resource unit tone plan in a wireless LAN system can be provided.

[0009] The effects that can be obtained from the present disclosure are not limited to the effects mentioned above, and other effects that are not mentioned will be clearly understood by a person having ordinary skill in the art to which the present disclosure pertains from the description below.

[0010] The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and are part of the detailed description to aid in understanding the present disclosure, provide embodiments of the present disclosure and, together with the detailed description, describe the technical features of the present disclosure.

[0011] FIG. 1 illustrates a block diagram of a wireless communication device according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.

[0012] FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an exemplary structure of a wireless LAN system to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0013] FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining a link setup process to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0014] FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a backoff process to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0015] FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining a CSMA / CA-based frame transmission operation to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0016] FIG. 6 is a drawing for explaining an example of a frame structure used in a wireless LAN system to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0017] FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating examples of PPDUs defined in the IEEE 802.11 standard to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0018] FIGS. 8 to 10 are diagrams for explaining examples of resource units of a wireless LAN system to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0019] FIG. 11 is a drawing illustrating examples of DRUs to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0020] FIG. 12 is a drawing showing an exemplary format of a trigger frame to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0021] FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining an example of a DRU tone plan-based PPDU transmission method of a first STA according to the present disclosure.

[0022] FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining an example of a DRU tone plan-based PPDU reception method of a second STA according to the present disclosure.

[0023] FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining a PPDU transmission and reception procedure between a transmitting STA and a receiving STA according to an example of the present disclosure.

[0024] Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. The detailed description set forth below, together with the accompanying drawings, is intended to explain exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure and is not intended to represent the only embodiments in which the present disclosure may be practiced. The following detailed description includes specific details to provide a thorough understanding of the present disclosure. However, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the present disclosure may be practiced without these specific details.

[0025] In some cases, to avoid obscuring the concepts of the present disclosure, known structures and devices may be omitted or illustrated in block diagram form focusing on the core functions of each structure and device.

[0026] In the present disclosure, when a component is said to be "connected," "coupled," or "connected" to another component, this may include not only a direct connection but also an indirect connection in which another component exists between them. Furthermore, the terms "comprises" or "has" in the present disclosure specify the presence of the mentioned features, steps, operations, elements, and / or components, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, steps, operations, elements, components, and / or groups thereof.

[0027] In this disclosure, terms such as “first,” “second,” etc. are used only to distinguish one component from another and are not used to limit the components, and do not limit the order or importance between the components unless specifically stated otherwise. Accordingly, within the scope of this disclosure, a first component in one embodiment may be referred to as a second component in another embodiment, and similarly, a second component in one embodiment may be referred to as a first component in another embodiment.

[0028] The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments and is not intended to limit the scope of the claims. As used in the description of the embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. The term "and / or" as used herein may refer to any one of the associated enumerated items, or is meant to refer to and encompass any and all possible combinations of two or more of them. Furthermore, the use of " / " between words in this disclosure has the same meaning as "and / or" unless otherwise stated.

[0029] The examples of the present disclosure can be applied to various wireless communication systems. For example, the examples of the present disclosure can be applied to a wireless LAN system. For example, the examples of the present disclosure can be applied to a wireless LAN based on the IEEE 802.11a / g / n / ac / ax / be standards. Furthermore, the examples of the present disclosure can be applied to a wireless LAN based on the newly proposed IEEE 802.11bn (or UHR) standard. Additionally, the examples of the present disclosure can be applied to a wireless LAN based on the next-generation standard after IEEE 802.11bn. Furthermore, the examples of the present disclosure can be applied to a cellular wireless communication system. For example, the examples of the present disclosure can be applied to a cellular wireless communication system based on the LTE (Long Term Evolution) series of technologies and the 5G NR (New Radio) series of technologies of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standard.

[0030] Below, technical features to which examples of the present disclosure can be applied are described.

[0031] FIG. 1 illustrates a block diagram of a wireless communication device according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.

[0032] The first device (100) and the second device (200) illustrated in FIG. 1 may be replaced with various terms such as a terminal, a wireless device, a WTRU (Wireless Transmit Receive Unit), a UE (User Equipment), an MS (Mobile Station), a UT (user terminal), an MSS (Mobile Subscriber Station), an MSS (Mobile Subscriber Unit), an SS (Subscriber Station), an AMS (Advanced Mobile Station), a WT (Wireless terminal), or simply a user. In addition, the first device (100) and the second device (200) may be replaced with various terms such as an access point (AP), a BS (Base Station), a fixed station, a Node B, a BTS (Base Transceiver System), a network, an AI (Artificial Intelligence) system, an RSU (road side unit), a repeater, a router, a relay, a gateway, etc.

[0033] The devices (100, 200) illustrated in FIG. 1 may also be referred to as stations (STAs). For example, the devices (100, 200) illustrated in FIG. 1 may be referred to by various terms such as transmitting device, receiving device, transmitting STA, and receiving STA. For example, the STAs (110, 200) may perform an AP (access point) role or a non-AP role. That is, in the present disclosure, the STAs (110, 200) may perform the functions of an AP and / or a non-AP. When the STAs (110, 200) perform an AP function, they may simply be referred to as APs, and when the STAs (110, 200) perform a non-AP function, they may simply be referred to as STAs. In addition, in the present disclosure, the APs may also be referred to as AP STAs.

[0034] Referring to FIG. 1, the first device (100) and the second device (200) can transmit and receive wireless signals through various wireless LAN technologies (e.g., IEEE 802.11 series). The first device (100) and the second device (200) can include interfaces for a medium access control (MAC) layer and a physical layer (PHY) that follow the provisions of the IEEE 802.11 standard.

[0035] In addition, the first device (100) and the second device (200) may additionally support various communication standards (e.g., 3GPP LTE series, 5G NR series standards, etc.) other than wireless LAN technology. In addition, the device of the present disclosure may be implemented as various devices such as a mobile phone, a vehicle, a personal computer, an AR (Augmented Reality) device, a VR (Virtual Reality) device, etc. In addition, the STA of the present specification may support various communication services such as voice calls, video calls, data communications, autonomous driving, MTC (Machine-Type Communication), M2M (Machine-to-Machine), D2D (Device-to-Device), and IoT (Internet-of-Things).

[0036] A first device (100) includes one or more processors (102) and one or more memories (104), and may further include one or more transceivers (106) and / or one or more antennas (108). The processor (102) controls the memories (104) and / or the transceivers (106), and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operational flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure. For example, the processor (102) may process information in the memories (104) to generate first information / signals, and then transmit a wireless signal including the first information / signals via the transceivers (106). Furthermore, the processor (102) may receive a wireless signal including second information / signals via the transceivers (106), and then store information obtained from signal processing of the second information / signals in the memory (104). The memory (104) may be connected to the processor (102) and may store various information related to the operation of the processor (102). For example, the memory (104) may perform some or all of the processes controlled by the processor (102), or may store software code including instructions for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operation flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure. Here, the processor (102) and the memory (104) may be part of a communication modem / circuit / chip designed to implement a wireless LAN technology (e.g., IEEE 802.11 series). The transceiver (106) may be connected to the processor (102) and may transmit and / or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (108). The transceiver (106) may include a transmitter and / or a receiver. The transceiver (106) may be used interchangeably with an RF (Radio Frequency) unit. In the present disclosure, a device may also mean a communication modem / circuit / chip.

[0037] The second device (200) includes one or more processors (202), one or more memories (204), and may further include one or more transceivers (206) and / or one or more antennas (208). The processor (202) controls the memories (204) and / or the transceivers (206), and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operational flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure. For example, the processor (202) may process information in the memory (204) to generate third information / signals, and then transmit a wireless signal including the third information / signals via the transceivers (206). Furthermore, the processor (202) may receive a wireless signal including fourth information / signals via the transceivers (206), and then store information obtained from signal processing of the fourth information / signals in the memory (204). The memory (204) may be connected to the processor (202) and may store various information related to the operation of the processor (202). For example, the memory (204) may perform some or all of the processes controlled by the processor (202), or may store software code including instructions for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operation flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure. Here, the processor (202) and the memory (204) may be part of a communication modem / circuit / chip designed to implement a wireless LAN technology (e.g., IEEE 802.11 series). The transceiver (206) may be connected to the processor (202) and may transmit and / or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (208). The transceiver (206) may include a transmitter and / or a receiver. The transceiver (206) may be used interchangeably with an RF unit. In the present disclosure, a device may also mean a communication modem / circuit / chip.

[0038] Hereinafter, the hardware elements of the device (100, 200) will be described in more detail. Although not limited thereto, one or more protocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors (102, 202). For example, one or more processors (102, 202) may implement one or more layers (e.g., functional layers such as PHY, MAC). One or more processors (102, 202) may generate one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs) and / or one or more Service Data Units (SDUs) according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operation flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure. One or more processors (102, 202) may generate messages, control information, data, or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operation flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure. One or more processors (102, 202) can generate signals (e.g., baseband signals) including PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the functions, procedures, proposals and / or methods disclosed in the present disclosure, and provide the signals to one or more transceivers (106, 206). One or more processors (102, 202) can receive signals (e.g., baseband signals) from one or more transceivers (106, 206) and obtain PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and / or operational flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure.

[0039] One or more processors (102, 202) may be referred to as a controller, a microcontroller, a microprocessor, or a microcomputer. One or more processors (102, 202) may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. For example, one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), one or more Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), one or more Digital Signal Processing Devices (DSPDs), one or more Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be included in one or more processors (102, 202). The descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operational flowcharts disclosed in this disclosure may be implemented using firmware or software, and the firmware or software may be implemented to include modules, procedures, functions, etc. The descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and / or operation flowcharts disclosed in this disclosure may be implemented using firmware or software configured to perform one or more processors (102, 202) or stored in one or more memories (104, 204) and driven by one or more processors (102, 202). The descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and / or operation flowcharts disclosed in this disclosure may be implemented using firmware or software in the form of codes, instructions and / or sets of instructions.

[0040] One or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and may store various forms of data, signals, messages, information, programs, codes, instructions, and / or commands. The one or more memories (104, 204) may be configured as ROM, RAM, EPROM, flash memory, hard drives, registers, cache memory, computer-readable storage media, and / or combinations thereof. The one or more memories (104, 204) may be located internally and / or externally to the one or more processors (102, 202). Additionally, the one or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to the one or more processors (102, 202) via various technologies, such as wired or wireless connections.

[0041] One or more transceivers (106, 206) can transmit user data, control information, wireless signals / channels, etc., as mentioned in the methods and / or flowcharts of the present disclosure, to one or more other devices. One or more transceivers (106, 206) can receive user data, control information, wireless signals / channels, etc., as mentioned in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and / or flowcharts of the present disclosure, from one or more other devices. For example, one or more transceivers (106, 206) can be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and can transmit and receive wireless signals. For example, one or more processors (102, 202) can control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to transmit user data, control information, or wireless signals to one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more processors (102, 202) may control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to receive user data, control information, or wireless signals from one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be coupled to one or more antennas (108, 208), and one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be configured to transmit and receive user data, control information, wireless signals / channels, or the like, as referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and / or operational flowcharts disclosed in the present disclosure, via one or more antennas (108, 208). In the present disclosure, one or more antennas may be multiple physical antennas or multiple logical antennas (e.g., antenna ports). One or more transceivers (106, 206) can convert received user data, control information, wireless signals / channels, etc. from RF band signals to baseband signals in order to process the received user data, control information, wireless signals / channels, etc. using one or more processors (102, 202).One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert user data, control information, wireless signals / channels, etc. processed by one or more processors (102, 202) from baseband signals to RF band signals. For this purpose, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may include an (analog) oscillator and / or filter.

[0042] For example, one of the STAs (100, 200) may perform the intended operation of an AP, and the other of the STAs (100, 200) may perform the intended operation of a non-AP STA. For example, the transceivers (106, 206) of FIG. 1 may perform transmission and reception operations of signals (e.g., packets or PPDUs (Physical layer Protocol Data Units) according to IEEE 802.11a / b / g / n / ac / ax / be / bn, etc.). In addition, in the present disclosure, operations in which various STAs generate transmission and reception signals or perform data processing or calculations in advance for transmission and reception signals may be performed in the processors (102, 202) of FIG. 1. For example, an example of an operation for generating a transmission / reception signal or performing data processing or operation in advance for a transmission / reception signal may include 1) an operation for determining / obtaining / configuring / computing / decoding / encoding bit information of a field (SIG (signal), STF (short training field), LTF (long training field), Data, etc.) included in a PPDU, 2) an operation for determining / configuring / obtaining time resources or frequency resources (e.g., subcarrier resources) used for a field (SIG, STF, LTF, Data, etc.) included in a PPDU, 3) an operation for determining / configuring / obtaining a specific sequence (e.g., a pilot sequence, an STF / LTF sequence, an extra sequence applied to SIG) used for a field (SIG, STF, LTF, Data, etc.) included in a PPDU, 4) a power control operation and / or a power saving operation applied to an STA, 5) an operation related to determining / obtaining / configuring / computing / decoding / encoding an ACK signal, etc. Additionally, in the examples below, various information (e.g., information related to fields / subfields / control fields / parameters / power, etc.) used by various STAs for determining / acquiring / configuring / computing / decoding / encoding transmission / reception signals can be stored in the memory (104, 204) of FIG. 1.

[0043] Hereinafter, downlink (DL) refers to a link for communication from an AP STA to a non-AP STA, and downlink PPDUs / packets / signals, etc. can be transmitted and received through the downlink. In downlink communication, the transmitter may be part of an AP STA, and the receiver may be part of a non-AP STA. Uplink (UL) refers to a link for communication from a non-AP STA to an AP STA, and uplink PPDUs / packets / signals, etc. can be transmitted and received through the uplink. In uplink communication, the transmitter may be part of a non-AP STA, and the receiver may be part of an AP STA.

[0044] FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an exemplary structure of a wireless LAN system to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0045] The structure of a wireless LAN system can be composed of multiple components. Through the interaction of multiple components, a wireless LAN that supports transparent STA mobility to the upper layer can be provided. A Basic Service Set (BSS) corresponds to a basic building block of a wireless LAN. FIG. 2 illustrates, by way of example, the existence of two BSSs (BSS1 and BSS2) and the inclusion of two STAs as members of each BSS (STA1 and STA2 are included in BSS1, and STA3 and STA4 are included in BSS2). The oval representing a BSS in FIG. 2 can also be understood as representing a coverage area in which STAs included in the corresponding BSS maintain communication. This area can be referred to as a Basic Service Area (BSA). When an STA moves outside of a BSA, it cannot directly communicate with other STAs within the BSA.

[0046] If we do not consider the DS illustrated in Figure 2, the most basic type of BSS in a wireless LAN is an Independent BSS (IBSS). For example, an IBSS can have a minimal form consisting of only two STAs. For example, assuming other components are omitted, BSS1 consisting of only STA1 and STA2, or BSS2 consisting of only STA3 and STA4, can be representative examples of an IBSS, respectively. Such a configuration is possible when the STAs can communicate directly without an AP. Furthermore, in this type of WLAN, a LAN can be configured when needed rather than being planned in advance, and this can be called an ad-hoc network. Since an IBSS does not include an AP, there is no centralized management entity. That is, in an IBSS, STAs are managed in a distributed manner. In IBSS, all STAs can be mobile STAs, and access to distributed systems (DS) is not permitted, forming a self-contained network.

[0047] An STA's membership in a BSS can dynamically change, for example, when an STA is turned on or off, or when an STA enters or leaves a BSS area. To become a member of a BSS, an STA can join the BSS using a synchronization process. To access all services in the BSS infrastructure, an STA must be associated with the BSS. This association can be dynamically established and may involve the use of a Distribution System Service (DSS).

[0048] In a wireless LAN, the direct STA-to-STA distance can be limited by PHY performance. While this distance limit may be sufficient in some cases, communication between STAs over longer distances may be required in other cases. To support extended coverage, a distributed system (DS) can be configured.

[0049] DS refers to a structure in which BSSs are interconnected. Specifically, a BSS may exist as an extended component of a network composed of multiple BSSs, as illustrated in Figure 2. DS is a logical concept and can be specified by the characteristics of a distributed system medium (DSM). In this regard, the Wireless Medium (WM) and DSM can be logically distinguished. Each logical medium is used for a different purpose and by different components. These media are neither limited to being identical nor limited to being different. This logical difference between multiple media explains the flexibility of the WLAN architecture (DS architecture or other network architectures). In other words, the WLAN architecture can be implemented in various ways, and the physical characteristics of each implementation can independently specify the WLAN architecture.

[0050] A DS can support mobile devices by providing seamless integration of multiple BSSs and the logical services necessary to handle addresses to destinations. Additionally, a DS may further include a component called a portal, which acts as a bridge for connecting wireless LANs to other networks (e.g., IEEE 802.X).

[0051] An AP is an entity that enables access to a DS through a WM for associated non-AP STAs and also has the functionality of an STA. Data movement between a BSS and a DS can be performed through an AP. For example, STA2 and STA3 illustrated in FIG. 2 have the functionality of an STA and provide the function of allowing associated non-AP STAs (STA1 and STA4) to access the DS. In addition, since all APs are basically STAs, all APs are addressable entities. The address used by an AP for communication on a WM and the address used by an AP for communication on a DSM do not necessarily have to be the same. A BSS consisting of an AP and one or more STAs can be referred to as an infrastructure BSS.

[0052] Data transmitted from one of the STA(s) associated with an AP to the STA address of that AP may always be received on an uncontrolled port and processed by an IEEE 802.1X port access entity. In addition, if the controlled port is authenticated, the transmitted data (or frame) may be forwarded to the DS.

[0053] In addition to the structure of the DS described above, an extended service set (ESS) may be established to provide wider coverage.

[0054] An ESS is a network of arbitrary size and complexity, consisting of DSs and BSSs. An ESS may correspond to a set of BSSs connected to a DS. However, an ESS does not include a DS. An ESS network is characterized by appearing as an IBSS at the Logical Link Control (LLC) layer. STAs within an ESS can communicate with each other, and mobile STAs can move from one BSS to another (within the same ESS) transparently to the LLC. APs within an ESS may have the same SSID (service set identification). The SSID is distinct from the BSSID, which is the identifier of the BSS.

[0055] In a wireless LAN system, no assumptions are made about the relative physical locations of BSSs, and all of the following configurations are possible: BSSs can be partially overlapping, which is commonly used to provide continuous coverage. BSSs can also be physically disconnected, and there is no logical distance limit between them. BSSs can also be physically co-located, which can be used to provide redundancy. Furthermore, one (or more) IBSS or ESS networks can physically co-exist with one (or more) ESS networks. This can occur in cases where an ad-hoc network operates at the same location as an ESS network, where physically overlapping wireless networks are configured by different organizations, or where two or more different access and security policies are required at the same location.

[0056] FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining a link setup process to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0057] For an STA to set up a link and transmit and receive data on a network, it must first discover the network, perform authentication, establish an association, and complete security authentication procedures. The link setup process can also be referred to as the session initiation process or session setup process. Furthermore, the discovery, authentication, association, and security setup processes of the link setup process can be collectively referred to as the association process.

[0058] In step S310, the STA may perform a network discovery operation. This network discovery operation may include scanning operations by the STA. That is, for the STA to access a network, it must search for available networks. Before joining a wireless network, the STA must identify compatible networks. The process of identifying networks in a specific area is called scanning.

[0059] Scanning methods include active scanning and passive scanning. Figure 3 illustrates a network discovery operation including an active scanning process as an example. In active scanning, an STA performing scanning transmits a probe request frame to discover any APs in the vicinity while moving between channels and waits for a response. The responder transmits a probe response frame in response to the STA that transmitted the probe request frame. Here, the responder may be the STA that last transmitted a beacon frame in the BSS of the channel being scanned. In the BSS, the AP transmits the beacon frame, so the AP becomes the responder. In the IBSS, the STAs within the IBSS take turns transmitting beacon frames, so the responder is not fixed. For example, an STA that transmits a probe request frame on channel 1 and receives a probe response frame on channel 1 can store BSS-related information included in the received probe response frame and move to the next channel (e.g., channel 2) to perform scanning (i.e., transmitting and receiving probe requests / responses on channel 2) in the same manner.

[0060] Although not shown in Figure 3, the scanning operation can also be performed in a passive scanning manner. In passive scanning, the STA performing the scanning moves between channels and waits for a beacon frame. A beacon frame is one of the management frames defined in IEEE 802.11. It announces the existence of a wireless network and is periodically transmitted so that the STA performing the scanning can find the wireless network and participate in the wireless network. In the BSS, the AP performs the role of periodically transmitting the beacon frame, and in the IBSS, the STAs within the IBSS take turns transmitting the beacon frame. When the STA performing the scanning receives a beacon frame, it stores the information about the BSS included in the beacon frame and moves to another channel, recording the beacon frame information on each channel. The STA receiving the beacon frame stores the BSS-related information included in the received beacon frame and moves to the next channel to perform scanning on the next channel in the same manner. Comparing active scanning and passive scanning, active scanning has the advantage of lower delay and power consumption than passive scanning.

[0061] After the STA discovers the network, an authentication process may be performed in step S320. This authentication process may be referred to as the first authentication process to clearly distinguish it from the security setup operation of step S340 described below.

[0062] The authentication process involves the STA sending an authentication request frame to the AP, and the AP responding by sending an authentication response frame to the STA. The authentication frame used for the authentication request / response corresponds to a management frame.

[0063] The authentication frame may include information such as an authentication algorithm number, an authentication transaction sequence number, a status code, a challenge text, a Robust Security Network (RSN), and a Finite Cyclic Group. These are just some examples of information that may be included in an authentication request / response frame, and may be replaced with other information or include additional information.

[0064] An STA can send an authentication request frame to an AP. The AP can determine whether to grant authentication to the STA based on the information contained in the received authentication request frame. The AP can provide the result of the authentication process to the STA via an authentication response frame.

[0065] After the STA is successfully authenticated, an association process may be performed in step S330. The association process includes a process in which the STA transmits an association request frame to the AP, and in response, the AP transmits an association response frame to the STA.

[0066] For example, the association request frame may include information about various capabilities, a beacon listen interval, a service set identifier (SSID), supported rates, supported channels, an RSN, a mobility domain, supported operating classes, a Traffic Indication Map Broadcast request, interworking service capabilities, etc. For example, the association response frame may include information about various capabilities, a status code, an Association ID (AID), supported rates, an Enhanced Distributed Channel Access (EDCA) parameter set, a Received Channel Power Indicator (RCPI), a Received Signal to Noise Indicator (RSNI), a mobility domain, a timeout interval (e.g., an association comeback time), overlapping BSS scan parameters, a TIM broadcast response, a Quality of Service (QoS) map, etc. These are just some examples of information that may be included in a combined request / response frame, and may be replaced by other information or include additional information.

[0067] After the STA successfully joins the network, a security setup process may be performed in step S340. The security setup process in step S340 may be referred to as an authentication process through a Robust Security Network Association (RSNA) request / response, the authentication process in step S320 may be referred to as a first authentication process, and the security setup process in step S340 may also be referred to simply as an authentication process.

[0068] The security setup process of step S340 may include, for example, a process of establishing a private key through a four-way handshaking using an Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) frame. Furthermore, the security setup process may be performed according to a security method not defined in the IEEE 802.11 standard.

[0069] FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a backoff process to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0070] In wireless LAN systems, the basic access mechanism of MAC (Medium Access Control) is Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Avoidance (CSMA / CA). The CSMA / CA mechanism, also known as the Distributed Coordination Function (DCF) of the IEEE 802.11 MAC, essentially employs a "listen before talk" access mechanism. According to this type of access mechanism, the AP and / or STA may perform a Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) to sense the wireless channel or medium for a predetermined time period (e.g., a DCF Inter-Frame Space (DIFS)) before starting transmission. If the sensing result determines that the medium is in an idle state, the AP and / or STA may start transmitting frames through the medium. On the other hand, if the medium is detected to be occupied or busy, the AP and / or STA may not start its own transmission, but may wait for a delay period (e.g., a random backoff period) for medium access before attempting to transmit frames. By applying a random backoff period, multiple STAs are expected to attempt to transmit frames after waiting for different periods of time, thereby minimizing collisions.

[0071] In addition, the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol provides the Hybrid Coordination Function (HCF). The HCF is based on the DCF and the Point Coordination Function (PCF). The PCF is a polling-based synchronous access method that periodically polls all receiving APs and / or STAs to ensure that they receive data frames. In addition, the HCF has the Enhanced Distributed Channel Access (EDCA) and the HCF Controlled Channel Access (HCCA). The EDCA is a contention-based access method for a provider to provide data frames to multiple users, while the HCCA uses a non-contention-based channel access method that utilizes a polling mechanism. In addition, the HCF includes a medium access mechanism to improve the Quality of Service (QoS) of the wireless LAN, and can transmit QoS data in both the Contention Period (CP) and the Contention Free Period (CFP).

[0072] Referring to Fig. 4, an operation based on a random backoff period is described. When a medium that was occupied / busy changes to an idle state, multiple STAs can attempt to transmit data (or frames). To minimize collisions, each STA can select a random backoff count, wait for the corresponding slot time, and then attempt transmission. The random backoff count has a pseudo-random integer value and can be determined as one of the values ​​in the range of 0 to CW. Here, CW is a contention window parameter value. The CW parameter is given an initial value of CWmin, but can take a value doubled in case of transmission failure (e.g., when an ACK for a transmitted frame is not received). When the CW parameter value becomes CWmax, data transmission can be attempted while maintaining the CWmax value until data transmission is successful, and if data transmission is successful, it is reset to the CWmin value. The CW, CWmin, and CWmax values ​​are 2. n It is desirable to set it to -1 (n=0, 1, 2, ...).

[0073] Once the random backoff process begins, the STA continues to monitor the medium while counting down the backoff slots according to the determined backoff count value. If the medium is monitored as occupied, the countdown stops and waits. When the medium becomes idle, the remaining countdown resumes.

[0074] In the example of FIG. 4, when a packet to be transmitted reaches the MAC of STA3, STA3 can immediately transmit a frame if it confirms that the medium is idle for DIFS. The remaining STAs monitor the medium for occupied / busy states and wait. In the meantime, data to be transmitted may also occur in each of STA1, STA2, and STA5, and each STA can count down the backoff slot according to a random backoff count value selected by each STA after waiting for DIFS if the medium is monitored as idle. Assume that STA2 selects the smallest backoff count value and STA1 selects the largest backoff count value. In other words, this example shows a case where the remaining backoff time of STA5 is shorter than the remaining backoff time of STA1 when STA2 finishes the backoff count and starts frame transmission. STA1 and STA5 briefly stop counting down and wait while STA2 occupies the medium. When STA2's occupation ends and the medium becomes idle again, STA1 and STA5 wait for DIFS and then resume the backoff count that they had stopped. That is, they can start transmitting frames after counting down the remaining backoff slots equal to the remaining backoff time. Since STA5's remaining backoff time is shorter than STA1's, STA5 starts transmitting frames. While STA2 occupies the medium, STA4 may also have data to transmit. From STA4's perspective, when the medium becomes idle, it waits for DIFS, counts down according to its selected random backoff count value, and then starts transmitting frames. In the example of Figure 4, the remaining backoff time of STA5 coincidentally matches the random backoff count value of STA4, in which case a collision may occur between STA4 and STA5. If a collision occurs, neither STA4 nor STA5 will receive an ACK, resulting in a failure in data transmission.In this case, STA4 and STA5 can select a random backoff count value and perform a countdown after doubling the CW value. STA1 waits while the medium is occupied by transmissions from STA4 and STA5, and when the medium becomes idle, it waits for DIFS and can start transmitting frames after the remaining backoff time elapses.

[0075] As in the example of Fig. 4, a data frame is a frame used for transmitting data forwarded to a higher layer, and can be transmitted after a backoff performed after DIFS elapses from when the medium becomes idle. Additionally, a management frame is a frame used for exchanging management information that is not forwarded to a higher layer, and is transmitted after a backoff performed after an IFS elapses, such as DIFS or PIFS (Point coordination function IFS). Subtype frames of a management frame include a beacon, an association request / response, a re-association request / response, a probe request / response, and an authentication request / response. A control frame is a frame used to control access to the medium. The subtype frames of the control frame include Request-To-Send (RTS), Clear-To-Send (CTS), Acknowledgment (ACK), Power Save-Poll (PS-Poll), Block ACK (BlockAck), Block ACK Request (BlockACKReq), Null Data Packet Announcement (NDP), and Trigger. If the control frame is not a response frame to the previous frame, it is transmitted after a backoff performed after the DIFS (Direct Inverse Frame Stop) has elapsed, and if it is a response frame to the previous frame, it is transmitted without a backoff performed after the SIFS (short IFS). The type and subtype of the frame can be identified by the type field and subtype field in the Frame Control (FC) field.

[0076] A QoS (Quality of Service) STA can transmit a frame after a backoff performed after the AIFS (arbitration IFS) for the access category (AC) to which the frame belongs, i.e., AIFS[i] (where i is a value determined by the AC), has elapsed. Here, the frames for which AIFS[i] can be used can be data frames, management frames, and also control frames that are not response frames.

[0077] FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining a CSMA / CA-based frame transmission operation to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0078] As mentioned above, the CSMA / CA mechanism includes virtual carrier sensing in addition to physical carrier sensing, in which STAs directly sense the medium. Virtual carrier sensing is intended to address potential issues in medium access, such as the hidden node problem. For virtual carrier sensing, the MAC of an STA can utilize a Network Allocation Vector (NAV). The NAV is a value that an STA that is currently using or has the right to use the medium indicates to other STAs the remaining time until the medium becomes available. Therefore, the value set as NAV corresponds to the period during which the STA transmitting the frame is scheduled to use the medium, and an STA receiving the NAV value is prohibited from accessing the medium during that period. For example, the NAV can be set based on the value of the "duration" field in the MAC header of the frame.

[0079] In the example of FIG. 5, it is assumed that STA1 wants to transmit data to STA2, and STA3 is in a position to overhear some or all of the frames transmitted and received between STA1 and STA2.

[0080] In order to reduce the possibility of collisions in transmissions of multiple STAs in a CSMA / CA-based frame transmission operation, a mechanism using RTS / CTS frames may be applied. In the example of FIG. 5, while STA1 is transmitting, STA3 may determine that the medium is idle based on carrier sensing results. That is, STA1 may correspond to a hidden node for STA3. Alternatively, in the example of FIG. 5, while STA2 is transmitting, STA3 may determine that the medium is idle based on carrier sensing results. That is, STA2 may correspond to a hidden node for STA3. By exchanging RTS / CTS frames before performing data transmission and reception between STA1 and STA2, STAs outside the transmission range of either STA1 or STA2, or STAs outside the carrier sensing range for transmissions from STA1 or STA3, may not attempt to occupy the channel during data transmission and reception between STA1 and STA2.

[0081] Specifically, STA1 can determine whether a channel is occupied through carrier sensing. In terms of physical carrier sensing, STA1 can determine channel occupancy idleness based on the energy level or signal correlation detected in the channel. Furthermore, in terms of virtual carrier sensing, STA1 can determine the channel occupancy status using a network allocation vector (NAV) timer.

[0082] STA1 can transmit an RTS frame to STA2 after performing a backoff if the channel is idle during the DIFS. STA2 can transmit a CTS frame, which is a response to the RTS frame, to STA1 after an SIFS if it receives the RTS frame.

[0083] If STA3 cannot overhear a CTS frame from STA2 but can overhear an RTS frame from STA1, STA3 can use the duration information contained in the RTS frame to set a NAV timer for the subsequent consecutively transmitted frame transmission period (e.g., SIFS + CTS frame + SIFS + data frame + SIFS + ACK frame). Alternatively, if STA3 cannot overhear an RTS frame from STA1 but can overhear a CTS frame from STA2, STA3 can use the duration information contained in the CTS frame to set a NAV timer for the subsequent consecutively transmitted frame transmission period (e.g., SIFS + data frame + SIFS + ACK frame). That is, if STA3 can overhear one or more of the RTS or CTS frames from one or more of STA1 or STA2, it can set a NAV accordingly. If STA3 receives a new frame before the NAV timer expires, it can update the NAV timer using the duration information contained in the new frame. STA3 does not attempt channel access until the NAV timer expires.

[0084] If STA1 receives a CTS frame from STA2, it can transmit a data frame to STA2 after SIFS from the time when the CTS frame is completely received. If STA2 successfully receives the data frame, it can transmit an ACK frame in response to the data frame to STA1 after SIFS. STA3 can determine whether the channel is in use through carrier sensing if the NAV timer expires. If STA3 determines that the channel is not in use by another terminal during the DIFS after the NAV timer expires, it can attempt channel access after a contention window (CW) based on a random backoff has elapsed.

[0085] FIG. 6 is a drawing for explaining an example of a frame structure used in a wireless LAN system to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0086] The PHY layer can prepare an MPDU (MAC PDU) to be transmitted based on an instruction or primitive (meaning a set of instructions or parameters) from the MAC layer. For example, when a command requesting the start of transmission of the PHY layer is received from the MAC layer, the PHY layer can switch to transmission mode and transmit the information (e.g., data) provided by the MAC layer in the form of a frame. In addition, when the PHY layer detects a valid preamble of the received frame, it monitors the header of the preamble and sends a command to the MAC layer notifying the start of reception of the PHY layer.

[0087] In this way, information transmission / reception in a wireless LAN system is done in the form of frames, and for this purpose, the PHY layer Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) format is defined.

[0088] A basic PPDU may include a Short Training Field (STF), a Long Training Field (LTF), a SIGNAL (SIG) field, and a Data field. The most basic (e.g., non-HT (High Throughput) as illustrated in FIG. 7) PPDU format may consist of only the Legacy-STF (L-STF), Legacy-LTF (L-LTF), Legacy-SIG (L-SIG) fields, and a Data field. Additionally, depending on the type of PPDU format (e.g., HT-mixed format PPDU, HT-greenfield format PPDU, VHT (Very High Throughput) PPDU, etc.), additional (or different types of) RL-SIG, U-SIG, non-legacy SIG field, non-legacy STF, non-legacy LTF, (i.e., xx-SIG, xx-STF, xx-LTF (e.g., xx is HT, VHT, HE, EHT, etc.)) may be included between the L-SIG field and the data field. More specific details will be described later with reference to FIG. 7.

[0089] STF is a signal for signal detection, AGC (Automatic Gain Control), diversity selection, and precise time synchronization, while LTF is a signal for channel estimation, frequency error estimation, etc. STF and LTF can be said to be signals for synchronization and channel estimation of the OFDM physical layer.

[0090] The SIG field may include various information related to PPDU transmission and reception. For example, the L-SIG field may consist of 24 bits and may include a 4-bit Rate field, a 1-bit Reserved bit, a 12-bit Length field, a 1-bit Parity field, and a 6-bit Tail field. The RATE field may include information about the modulation and coding rate of data. For example, the 12-bit Length field may include information about the length or time duration of the PPDU. For example, the value of the 12-bit Length field may be determined based on the type of the PPDU. For example, for a non-HT, HT, VHT, or EHT PPDU, the value of the Length field may be determined as a multiple of 3. For example, for HE PPDU, the value of the Length field can be determined as a multiple of 3 + 1 or a multiple of 3 + 2.

[0091] The data field may include a SERVICE field, a Physical layer Service Data Unit (PSDU), a PPDU TAIL bit, and, if necessary, padding bits. Some bits of the SERVICE field may be used to synchronize the descrambler at the receiving end. The PSDU corresponds to a MAC PDU defined at the MAC layer and may contain data generated / used by upper layers. The PPDU TAIL bit may be used to return the encoder to a 0 state. The padding bit may be used to adjust the length of the data field to a predetermined unit.

[0092] MAC PDUs are defined according to various MAC frame formats, and a basic MAC frame consists of a MAC header, a frame body, and a Frame Check Sequence (FCS). A MAC frame is composed of MAC PDUs and can be transmitted / received through the PSDU in the data portion of the PPDU format.

[0093] The MAC header includes a Frame Control field, a Duration / ID field, an Address field, etc. The Frame Control field may include control information required for frame transmission / reception. The Duration / ID field may be set to a time for transmitting the corresponding frame, etc. The Address subfields may indicate the receiver address, transmitter address, destination address, and source address of the frame, and some Address subfields may be omitted. For specific details of each subfield of the MAC header, including the Sequence Control, QoS Control, and HT Control subfields, refer to the IEEE 802.11 standard document.

[0094] The Null-Data PPDU (NDP) format refers to a PPDU format that does not include a data field. In other words, NDP refers to a frame format that includes a PPDU preamble (i.e., L-STF, L-LTF, L-SIG fields, and, if additionally present, non-legacy SIG, non-legacy STF, and non-legacy LTF) in the general PPDU format, and does not include the remaining part (i.e., data field).

[0095] FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating examples of PPDUs defined in the IEEE 802.11 standard to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0096] Standards such as IEEE 802.11a / g / n / ac / ax use various PPDU formats. The basic PPDU format (IEEE 802.11a / g) includes L-LTF, L-STF, L-SIG, and Data fields. The basic PPDU format can also be referred to as the non-HT PPDU format (Fig. 7(a)).

[0097] The HT PPDU format (IEEE 802.11n) additionally includes HT-SIG, HT-STF, and HT-LFT(s) fields in addition to the basic PPDU format. The HT PPDU format illustrated in Fig. 7(b) may be referred to as an HT-mixed format. Additionally, an HT-greenfield format PPDU may be defined, which corresponds to a format that does not include L-STF, L-LTF, and L-SIG, but consists of HT-GF-STF, HT-LTF1, HT-SIG, one or more HT-LTF, and Data fields (not illustrated).

[0098] An example of the VHT PPDU format (IEEE 802.11ac) includes VHT SIG-A, VHT-STF, VHT-LTF, and VHT-SIG-B fields in addition to the basic PPDU format (Fig. 7(c)).

[0099] An example of a HE PPDU format (IEEE 802.11ax) additionally includes RL-SIG (Repeated L-SIG), HE-SIG-A, HE-SIG-B, HE-STF, HE-LTF(s), and PE (Packet Extension) fields in addition to the basic PPDU format (Fig. 7(d)). Depending on specific examples of the HE PPDU format, some fields may be excluded or their lengths may vary. For example, the HE-SIG-B field is included in the HE PPDU format for multi-users (MUs), but the HE-SIG-B is not included in the HE PPDU format for single users (SUs). In addition, the HE trigger-based (TB) PPDU format does not include the HE-SIG-B, and the length of the HE-STF field may vary to 8 microseconds (us). The HE ER (Extended Range) SU PPDU format does not include the HE-SIG-B field, and the length of the HE-SIG-A field can vary to 16us. For example, the RL-SIG can be configured identically to the L-SIG. The receiving STA can determine that the received PPDU is a HE PPDU or an EHT PPDU, described later, based on the presence of the RL-SIG.

[0100] The EHT PPDU format may include the EHT MU (multi-user) PPDU of FIG. 7(e) and the EHT TB (trigger-based) PPDU of FIG. 7(f). The EHT PPDU format is similar to the HE PPDU format in that it includes an RL-SIG following an L-SIG, but may include a U (universal)-SIG, an EHT-SIG, an EHT-STF, and an EHT-LTF following the RL-SIG.

[0101] The EHT MU PPDU in FIG. 7(e) corresponds to a PPDU that carries one or more data (or PSDUs) for one or more users. That is, the EHT MU PPDU can be used for both SU transmission and MU transmission. For example, the EHT MU PPDU can correspond to a PPDU for one receiving STA or multiple receiving STAs.

[0102] The EHT TB PPDU of Fig. 7(f) omits the EHT-SIG compared to the EHT MU PPDU. An STA that has received a trigger for UL MU transmission (e.g., a trigger frame or TRS (triggered response scheduling)) can perform UL transmission based on the EHT TB PPDU format.

[0103] The L-STF, L-LTF, L-SIG, RL-SIG, U-SIG (Universal SIGNAL), and EHT-SIG fields can be encoded and modulated so that even legacy STAs can attempt demodulation and decoding, and can be mapped based on a predetermined subcarrier frequency interval (e.g., 312.5 kHz). These can be referred to as pre-EHT modulated fields. Next, the EHT-STF, EHT-LTF, Data, and PE fields can be encoded and modulated so that they can be demodulated and decoded by an STA that has successfully decoded a non-legacy SIG (e.g., U-SIG and / or EHT-SIG) and obtained the information contained in the corresponding field, and can be mapped based on a predetermined subcarrier frequency interval (e.g., 78.125 kHz). These can be referred to as EHT modulated fields.

[0104] Similarly, in the HE PPDU format, the L-STF, L-LTF, L-SIG, RL-SIG, HE-SIG-A, and HE-SIG-B fields may be referred to as pre-HE modulation fields, and the HE-STF, HE-LTF, Data, and PE fields may be referred to as HE modulation fields. Additionally, in the VHT PPDU format, the L-STF, L-LTF, L-SIG, and VHT-SIG-A fields may be referred to as pre-VHT modulation fields, and the VHT STF, VHT-LTF, VHT-SIG-B, and Data fields may be referred to as VHT modulation fields.

[0105] The U-SIG included in the EHT PPDU format of FIG. 7 can be configured based on, for example, two symbols (e.g., two consecutive OFDM symbols). Each symbol (e.g., OFDM symbol) for the U-SIG can have a duration of 4 us, and the U-SIG can have a total duration of 8 us. Each symbol of the U-SIG can be used to transmit 26 bits of information. For example, each symbol of the U-SIG can be transmitted and received based on 52 data tones and 4 pilot tones.

[0106] U-SIGs can be configured in 20MHz units. For example, when an 80MHz PPDU is configured, the same U-SIG can be duplicated in 20MHz units. That is, four identical U-SIGs can be included in an 80MHz PPDU. When the bandwidth exceeds 80MHz, for example, for a 160MHz PPDU, the U-SIGs in the first 80MHz unit and the U-SIGs in the second 80MHz unit can be different.

[0107] For example, A uncoded bits may be transmitted via U-SIG, and a first symbol of U-SIG (e.g., a U-SIG-1 symbol) may transmit the first X bits of information out of a total A bits of information, and a second symbol of U-SIG (e.g., a U-SIG-2 symbol) may transmit the remaining Y bits of information out of a total A bits of information. The A bits of information (e.g., 52 uncoded bits) may include a CRC field (e.g., a field of 4 bits in length) and a tail field (e.g., a field of 6 bits in length). The tail field may be used to terminate the trellis of the convolutional decoder and may be set to 0, for example.

[0108] The A bit information transmitted by U-SIG can be divided into version-independent bits and version-dependent bits. For example, U-SIG can be included in a new PPDU format (e.g., UHR PPDU format) not shown in FIG. 7, and in the format of the U-SIG field included in the EHT PPDU format and the format of the U-SIG field included in the UHR PPDU format, the version-independent bits can be the same, and some or all of the version-dependent bits can be different.

[0109] For example, the size of the version-independent bits of U-SIG can be fixed or variable. The version-independent bits can be assigned only to U-SIG-1 symbols, or to both U-SIG-1 symbols and U-SIG-2 symbols. The version-independent bits and the version-dependent bits can be called by various names, such as the first control bit and the second control bit.

[0110] For example, the version-independent bits of the U-SIG may include a 3-bit PHY version identifier, which may indicate the PHY version (e.g., EHT, UHR, etc.) of the transmitted and received PPDUs. The version-independent bits of the U-SIG may include a 1-bit UL / DL flag field. The first value of the 1-bit UL / DL flag field relates to UL communication, and the second value of the UL / DL flag field relates to DL communication. The version-independent bits of the U-SIG may include information about the length of a transmission opportunity (TXOP) and information about a BSS color ID.

[0111] For example, the version-dependent bits of the U-SIG may contain information that directly or indirectly indicates the type of PPDU (e.g., SU PPDU, MU PPDU, TB PPDU, etc.).

[0112] Information required for PPDU transmission and reception may be included in the U-SIG. For example, the U-SIG may further include information about bandwidth, information about the MCS technique applied to the non-legacy SIG (e.g., EHT-SIG or UHR-SIG), information indicating whether a dual carrier modulation (DCM) technique (e.g., a technique to achieve an effect similar to frequency diversity by reusing the same signal on two subcarriers) is applied to the non-legacy SIG, information about the number of symbols used for the non-legacy SIG, information about whether the non-legacy SIG is generated across the entire band, etc.

[0113] Some of the information required for transmitting and receiving a PPDU may be included in the U-SIG and / or the non-legacy SIG (e.g., EHT-SIG or UHR-SIG, etc.). For example, information about the type of the non-legacy LTF / STF (e.g., EHT-LTF / EHT-STF or UHR-LTF / UHR-STF, etc.), information about the length of the non-legacy LTF and the cyclic prefix (CP) length, information about the guard interval (GI) applicable to the non-legacy LTF, information about preamble puncturing applicable to the PPDU, information about resource unit (RU) allocation, etc. may be included only in the U-SIG, may be included only in the non-legacy SIG, or may be indicated by a combination of the information included in the U-SIG and the information included in the non-legacy SIG.

[0114] Preamble puncturing may refer to the transmission of a PPDU in which no signal is present in one or more frequency units within the PPDU's bandwidth. For example, the size of the frequency unit (or the resolution of the preamble puncturing) may be defined as 20 MHz, 40 MHz, etc. For example, preamble puncturing may be applied to a PPDU bandwidth greater than a certain size.

[0115] In the example of FIG. 7, non-legacy SIGs such as HE-SIG-B and EHT-SIG may include control information for the receiving STA. The non-legacy SIG may be transmitted over at least one symbol, and each symbol may have a length of 4 us. Information regarding the number of symbols used for the EHT-SIG may be included in a previous SIG (e.g., HE-SIG-A, U-SIG, etc.).

[0116] Non-legacy SIGs, such as HE-SIG-B and EHT-SIG, may contain common fields and user-specific fields. Common and user-specific fields may be coded separately.

[0117] In some cases, common fields may be omitted. For example, in a compressed mode where non-OFDMA (orthogonal frequency multiple access) is applied, common fields may be omitted, and multiple STAs may receive PPDUs (e.g., data fields of PPDUs) over the same frequency band. In a non-compressed mode where OFDMA is applied, multiple users may receive PPDUs (e.g., data fields of PPDUs) over different frequency bands.

[0118] The number of user-specific fields can be determined based on the number of users. A single user block field can contain up to two user fields. Each user field can be associated with either MU-MIMO allocation or non-MU-MIMO allocation.

[0119] The common field may include CRC bits and Tail bits, the length of the CRC bits may be determined as 4 bits, and the length of the Tail bits may be determined as 6 bits and set to 000000. The common field may include RU allocation information. The RU allocation information may include information about the location of RUs to which multiple users (i.e., multiple receiving STAs) are allocated.

[0120] An RU can contain multiple subcarriers (or tones). RUs can be used when transmitting signals to multiple STAs based on OFDMA techniques. RUs can also be defined when transmitting signals to a single STA. Resources can be allocated on an RU basis for non-legacy STFs, non-legacy LTFs, and data fields.

[0121] Depending on the PPDU bandwidth, an applicable RU size can be defined. The RU may be defined identically or differently for the applicable PPDU format (e.g., HE PPDU, EHT PPDU, UHR PPDU, etc.). For example, in the case of an 80MHz PPDU, the RU arrangements of HE PPDU and EHT PPDU may be different. The applicable RU size, RU number, RU position, DC (direct current) subcarrier position and number, null subcarrier position and number, guard subcarrier position and number, etc. for each PPDU bandwidth can be referred to as a tone plan. For example, a tone plan for a wide bandwidth can be defined in the form of multiple repetitions of a low bandwidth tone plan.

[0122] RUs of different sizes can be defined, such as 26-ton RU, 52-ton RU, 106-ton RU, 242-ton RU, 484-ton RU, 996-ton RU, 2X996-ton RU, 4X996-ton RU, etc. A multiple RU (MRU) is distinguished from multiple individual RUs and corresponds to a group of subcarriers consisting of multiple RUs. For example, one MRU can be defined as 52+26-tons, 106+26-tons, 484+242-tons, 996+484-tons, 996+484+242-tons, 2X996+484-tons, 3X996-tons, or 3X996+484-tons. Additionally, multiple RUs constituting one MRU may or may not be consecutive in the frequency domain.

[0123] The specific size of an RU may be reduced or expanded. Therefore, the specific size of each RU (i.e., the number of corresponding tones) in the present disclosure is not limited and is exemplary. Furthermore, within a given bandwidth (e.g., 20, 40, 80, 160, 320 MHz, etc.) in the present disclosure, the number of RUs may vary depending on the RU size.

[0124] The names of each field in the PPDU formats of FIG. 7 are exemplary and the scope of the present disclosure is not limited by those names. Furthermore, the examples of the present disclosure can be applied not only to the PPDU format exemplified in FIG. 7, but also to a new PPDU format in which some fields are excluded and / or some fields are added based on the PPDU formats of FIG. 7.

[0125] Resource Unit

[0126] FIGS. 8 to 10 are diagrams for explaining examples of resource units of a wireless LAN system to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0127] Referring to FIGS. 8 to 10, a resource unit (RU) defined in a wireless LAN system is described. An RU may include multiple subcarriers (or tones). An RU may be used when transmitting signals to multiple STAs based on OFDMA techniques. An RU may also be defined when transmitting signals to a single STA. An RU may be used for the STF, LTF, and data fields of a PPDU.

[0128] As illustrated in FIGS. 8 to 10, RUs corresponding to different numbers of tones (i.e., subcarriers) may be used to configure some fields of a 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz X-PPDU (X represents HE, EHT, etc.). For example, resources may be allocated in units of RUs illustrated for the X-STF, X-LTF, and Data fields.

[0129] Figure 8 is a diagram showing an exemplary arrangement of resource units (RUs) used on a 20 MHz band.

[0130] As shown at the top of Fig. 8, 26 units (i.e., units corresponding to 26 tones) may be allocated. Six tones may be used as a guard band in the leftmost band of the 20 MHz band, and five tones may be used as a guard band in the rightmost band of the 20 MHz band. In addition, seven DC tones may be inserted in the center band, i.e., the DC band, and 26 units corresponding to 13 tones may exist on each side of the DC band. In addition, 26 units, 52 units, and 106 units may be allocated to other bands. Each unit may be allocated for an STA or a user.

[0131] The RU arrangement of Fig. 8 can be utilized not only in situations for multiple users (MUs) but also in situations for a single user (SU), in which case it is possible to use one 242-unit as shown at the bottom of Fig. 8. In this case, three DC tones can be inserted.

[0132] In the example of FIG. 8, RUs of various sizes, such as 26-RU, 52-RU, 106-RU, and 242-RU, are exemplified, but the specific sizes of these RUs may be reduced or expanded. Therefore, the specific size of each RU (i.e., the number of corresponding tones) in the present disclosure is not limited and is exemplary. In addition, in the present disclosure, within a given bandwidth (e.g., 20, 40, 80, 160, 320 MHz, ...), the number of RUs may vary depending on the RU size. In the examples of FIG. 9 and / or FIG. 10 described below, the fact that the size and / or number of RUs may be changed is the same as the example of FIG. 8.

[0133] Figure 9 is a diagram showing an exemplary arrangement of resource units (RUs) used on a 40 MHz band.

[0134] As in the example of FIG. 8 where RUs of various sizes were used, the example of FIG. 9 may also use 26-RU, 52-RU, 106-RU, 242-RU, 484-RU, etc. In addition, five DC tones may be inserted at the center frequency, 12 tones may be used as a guard band in the leftmost band of the 40 MHz band, and 11 tones may be used as a guard band in the rightmost band of the 40 MHz band.

[0135] Additionally, as shown, when used for a single user, 484-RU may be used.

[0136] Figure 10 is a diagram showing an exemplary arrangement of resource units (RUs) used on the 80 MHz band.

[0137] As in the examples of FIGS. 8 and 9 where RUs of various sizes were used, the example of FIG. 10 may also use 26-RU, 52-RU, 106-RU, 242-RU, 484-RU, 996-RU, etc. In addition, in the case of 80MHz PPDU, the RU arrangement of HE PPDU and EHT PPDU may be different, and the example of FIG. 10 shows an example of the RU arrangement for 80MHz EHT PPDU. In the example of FIG. 10, 12 tones are used as guard bands in the leftmost band of the 80MHz band, and 11 tones are used as guard bands in the rightmost band of the 80MHz band, which is the same for HE PPDU and EHT PPDU. Unlike the HE PPDU, which has seven DC tones inserted into the DC band and one 26-RU corresponding to 13 tones on each side of the DC band, the EHT PPDU has 23 DC tones inserted into the DC band and one 26-RU corresponding to 13 tones on each side of the DC band. Unlike the HE PPDU, which has one null subcarrier between the 242-RUs other than the center band, the EHT PPDU has five null subcarriers. In the HE PPDU, one 484-RU does not contain a null subcarrier, but in the EHT PPDU, one 484-RU contains five null subcarriers.

[0138] Also, as shown, when used for a single user, 996-RU can be used, in which case the insertion of 5 DC tones is common in both HE PPDU and EHT PPDU.

[0139] An EHT PPDU of 160MHz or higher may be configured with multiple 80MHz subblocks as shown in FIG. 10. The RU layout for each 80MHz subblock may be the same as the RU layout of the 80MHz EHT PPDU as shown in FIG. 10. If an 80MHz subblock of a 160MHz or 320MHz EHT PPDU is not punctured and the entire 80MHz subblock is used as part of an RU or MRU (Multiple RU), the 80MHz subblock may use 996-RU as shown in FIG. 10.

[0140] Here, an MRU corresponds to a group of subcarriers (or tones) composed of multiple RUs, and the multiple RUs constituting an MRU may be RUs of the same size or different sizes. For example, a single MRU may be defined as 52+26-tones, 106+26-tones, 484+242-tones, 996+484-tones, 996+484+242-tones, 2X996+484-tones, 3X996-tones, or 3X996+484-tones. Here, the multiple RUs constituting one MRU may correspond to RUs of small size (e.g., 26, 52, 106) or RUs of large size (e.g., 242, 484, 996, etc.). That is, a single MRU containing both small-sized RUs and large-sized RUs may not be configured / defined. Furthermore, multiple RUs constituting a single MRU may or may not be consecutive in the frequency domain.

[0141] If an 80MHz subblock contains RUs smaller than 996 tones, or portions of the 80MHz subblock are punctured, the 80MHz subblock may use RU layouts other than the 996-tone RUs.

[0142] The RU of the present disclosure can be used for uplink (UL) and / or downlink (DL) communication. For example, when trigger-based UL-MU communication is performed, an STA (e.g., an AP) transmitting a trigger can allocate a first RU (e.g., 26 / 52 / 106 / 242-RU, etc.) to a first STA and a second RU (e.g., 26 / 52 / 106 / 242-RU, etc.) to a second STA through trigger information (e.g., a trigger frame or triggered response scheduling (TRS)). Thereafter, the first STA can transmit a first trigger-based (TB) PPDU based on the first RU, and the second STA can transmit a second TB PPDU based on the second RU. The first / second TB PPDU can be transmitted to the AP in the same time interval.

[0143] For example, when a DL MU PPDU is configured, an STA (e.g., an AP) transmitting a DL MU PPDU may allocate a first RU (e.g., 26 / 52 / 106 / 242-RU, etc.) to a first STA, and a second RU (e.g., 26 / 52 / 106 / 242-RU, etc.) to a second STA. That is, the transmitting STA (e.g., the AP) may transmit X-STF (e.g., X is HE, EHT, etc.), X-LTF, and Data fields for the first STA through the first RU within one MU PPDU, and may transmit X-STF, X-LTF, and Data fields for the second STA through the second RU. Information about the arrangement of RUs may be signaled through an X-SIG (e.g., X is HE, EHT, U) field of the X-PPDU format.

[0144] Distributed resource units

[0145] Regulations in various regions may impose power spectral density (PSD) limitations in the sub-7GHz (e.g., 6GHz) band. For non-AP STAs in the low power indoor (LPI) band, the PSD limitation may be -1dBm / MHz. For example, for a conventional 52-tone RU, the maximum transmit (Tx) power may be approximately 6dBm.

[0146] Additionally, different restrictions may apply in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands. For example, a PSD restriction of 10 dBm / MHz may apply in the EU / China / Japan / Korea in the 2.4 GHz band. This would result in a maximum Tx power of approximately 17 dBm for a conventional 52-tone RU. Bypassing the PSD restriction in the 5 GHz band would allow for higher transmit power. For example, the maximum transmit power for a conventional 52-tone RU is 24 dBm, which is still 6 dBm below the maximum allowable effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP) of 30 dBm.

[0147] Overcoming PSD limitations can increase transmit power, thereby improving spectral efficiency or extending range.

[0148] Considering that the PSD limit is defined per MHz for each STA, when distributing tones of small RUs over a wide bandwidth, the tones for each STA are non-contiguous, so each tone can be transmitted at high power. An RU containing such distributed tones is called a distributed RU (DRU), and to distinguish it from an RU containing continuous tones defined in a conventional wireless LAN system (e.g., a system according to IEEE 802.11ax, 11be, etc.) can be called a regular RU (RRU).

[0149] Compared to STAs transmitting on conventional RRUs, STAs transmitting on DRUs can use higher power. For example, a 52-tone DRU across 80 MHz has only one tone per MHz, whereas a 52-tone RRU has approximately 13 tones per MHz. Assuming a PSD limit of -1 dBm / MHz in the 6 GHz LPI band, using a DRU increases the transmit power by approximately 11 dB for a 52-tone RU. This increased transmit power allows for a higher MCS and longer range.

[0150] FIG. 11 is a drawing illustrating examples of DRUs to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0151] In the example of Fig. 11, STA1 transmits on DRU1, STA2 transmits on DRU2, and STA3 transmits on DRU3. Each STA can apply a transmission power boost by using a DRU. Compared to cases where RRUs of the same size are used, the DRU applies higher transmission power to all tones, and thus, spectral efficiency can be significantly improved. In this way, the DRU can be applied particularly usefully in UL-OFDMA.

[0152] APs can also utilize DRUs. In some cases, the AP may use only some of DRUs (DRU1, DRU2, and DRU3) to transmit DL-OFDMA to STAs, in which case the transmit power boost due to the use of DRUs may be applied.

[0153] To maximize power boost, tones within a single DRU can be distributed as far apart as possible. For example, a DRU containing one tone per MHz may be considered optimal. The size of a DRU (or the number of available tones contained in a DRU, i.e., the number of tones excluding unusable tones such as null tones, guard tones, and DC tones) can be defined to be the same as the size of an RRU (or the number of available tones contained in an RRU). This can minimize the impact on various technologies that are already defined based on RRUs. The table below shows examples of achievable power boost (in dB) for various DRUs distributed over different bandwidths. The examples in the table below assume the 6 GHz LPI band, and power boost can also be achieved in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands in other regions. For example, in an 80 MHz UL-OFDMA transmission by 8 users, if each user uses a 106-tone DRU, the overall performance can be improved by approximately 8.13 dB compared to when each user uses a 106-tone RRU. Thus, by using DRUs, the PSD limitation can be overcome and significant gains can be obtained.

[0154] 20MHz bandwidth 40MHz bandwidth 80MHz bandwidth 26-tone RU8.1311.1411.1452-tone RU6.378.1311.14106-tone RU3.366.378.13242-tone RU Not applicable 2.695.12484-tone RU Not applicable Not applicable 2.69

[0155] trigger frame

[0156] FIG. 12 is a drawing showing an exemplary format of a trigger frame to which the present disclosure can be applied.

[0157] A trigger frame may allocate resources for the transmission of one or more TB PPDUs and request the transmission of TB PPDUs. The trigger frame may also include other information required by the STA transmitting the TB PPDU in response. The trigger frame may include common information and a user information list field in the frame body.

[0158] The common information field may include information that is common to one or more TB PPDU transmissions requested by a trigger frame, such as trigger type, UL length, presence of a subsequent trigger frame (e.g., More TF), whether CS (channel sensing) is required, UL BW (bandwidth), etc. Fig. 12 illustrates an example of an EHT variant common information field format.

[0159] The 4-bit trigger type subfield can have values ​​from 0 to 15. Among them, the values ​​0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 of the trigger type subfield are defined to correspond to basic, Beamforming Report Poll (BFRP), multi user-block acknowledgement request (MU-BAR), multi user-request to send (MU-RTS), Buffer Status Report Poll (BSRP), groupcast with retries (GCR), MU-BAR, Bandwidth Query Report Poll (BQRP), and NDP Feedback Report Poll (NFRP), respectively, and the values ​​8 to 15 are defined as reserved.

[0160] Among the common information, the trigger dependent common info subfield may include information that is optionally included based on the trigger type.

[0161] A special user info field may be included within the trigger frame. The special user info field does not contain user-specific information, but rather extended common information not provided in the common information field.

[0162] A user information list contains zero or more user information fields. Figure 12 illustrates an example of an EHT variant user information field format.

[0163] The AID12 subfield basically indicates that it is a user information field for an STA with the corresponding AID. In addition, if the AID12 field has a predetermined specific value, it may be utilized for other purposes, such as allocating a random access (RA)-RU, or being configured in the form of a special user information field. The special user information field is a user information field that does not contain user-specific information, but contains extended common information not provided in the common information field. For example, the special user information field can be identified by the AID12 value of 2007, and the special user information field flag subfield within the common information field can indicate whether the special user information field is included.

[0164] The RU allocation subfield can indicate the size and location of an RU / MRU. For this purpose, the RU allocation subfield can be interpreted together with the PS160 (primary / secondary 160MHz) subfield of the user information field, the UL BW subfield of the common information field, etc.

[0165] For example, the mapping of B7-B1 of the RU Assignment subfield can be defined together with the settings of the B0 and PS160 subfields of the RU Assignment subfield as shown in Table 2 below. Table 2 shows an example of encoding of the PS160 subfield and the RU Assignment subfield of the EHT Variant User Information Field.

[0166]

[0167]

[0168]

[0169] When B0 of the RU Allocation subfield is set to 0, it may indicate that the RU / MRU allocation is applied to the primary 80 MHz channel, and when its value is set to 1, it may indicate that the RU allocation is applied to the secondary 80 MHz channel of the primary 160 MHz. When B0 of the RU Allocation subfield is set to 0, it may indicate that the RU / MRU allocation is applied to the lower 80 MHz of the secondary 160 MHz, and when its value is set to 1, it may indicate that the RU allocation is applied to the upper 80 MHz of the secondary 160 MHz.

[0170] In the trigger frame RU allocation table of Table 2, the parameter N can be calculated based on the formula N=2*X1+X0. For a bandwidth of 80 MHz or less, the values ​​of PS160, B0, X0, and X1 can be set to 0. For a bandwidth of 160 MHz and a bandwidth of 320 MHz, the values ​​of PS160, B0, X0, and X1 can be set as shown in Table 3. These settings represent the absolute frequency order for the primary and secondary 80 MHz and 160 MHz channels. The order from left to right represents the order from low frequency to high frequency. The primary 80 MHz channel is represented as P80, the secondary 80 MHz channel is represented as S80, and the secondary 160 MHz channel is represented as S160.

[0171]

[0172] DRU tone plan-based transmission and reception

[0173] As mentioned above, to overcome PSD limitations and improve power gain, a DRU using distributed tones / subcarriers rather than an RRU using continuous tones / subcarriers can be applied.

[0174] In this disclosure, various DRU tone plans for 20 MHz bandwidth / channel (hereinafter, Example 1) and various RU tone plans for 40 MHz bandwidth / channel (hereinafter, Example 2) are proposed.

[0175] In the embodiments described below, the DRU index (i.e., DRU n) or the nth DRU may correspond to a position in the frequency domain, or may be assigned regardless of the position in the frequency domain. In the embodiments described below, for clarity of explanation, it is assumed that a relatively low DRU index includes a relatively low tone / subcarrier, but the scope of the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the DRU index may be assigned in various ways to distinguish different DRUs.

[0176] Also, in the following description, the subcarrier index is assumed to correspond to the position in the frequency domain, assuming that the index of the DC subcarrier is 0, and the term subcarrier can be replaced with a tone. For example, '-a' means a tone with an index of -a, and the tone can be located to the left of the center of the bandwidth / channel (e.g., in a low frequency range relative to the center). Also, '+a' means a tone with an index of +a, and the tone can be located to the right of the center of the bandwidth / channel (e.g., in a high frequency range relative to the center).

[0177] In the present disclosure, 'a:b:c' means tones at positions corresponding to b tone units, from a tone having an index a to a tone having an index c, and means that the tones can be assigned / designated to each DRU.

[0178] Example 1

[0179] This embodiment relates to a method for defining tone plans for a 26-tone DRU, a 52-tone DRU, and a 106-tone DRU, with respect to DRU tone plans in a 20 MHz bandwidth / channel.

[0180] (Example 1-1)

[0181] This embodiment describes various methods for defining a tone plan for a 26-tone DRU for a 20 MHz bandwidth / channel. Regarding the DRU tone plan for a 20 MHz bandwidth / channel, at least one of the following methods may be applied.

[0182] Basically, the following description assumes that the same size and number of DRUs as the existing 20MHz RRU tone plan are defined (excluding the 242-tone DRU). In the description of the following methods, the guard tones, null tones, and DC tones in the same number and positions as the existing ones may be based on the 20MHz tone plan of FIG. 8 described above.

[0183] (Method 1-1)

[0184] A tone plan for a 26-tone DRU can be defined assuming the same number and locations of guard tones, null tones, and DC tones as before.

[0185] For example, the tones of each of the nine 26-tone DRUs can be allocated one tone at a time, from the lowest available tone to the highest available tone. This assumes that the existing guard tone, null tone, and DC tone are maintained.

[0186] A specific tonnage plan for nine 26-ton DRUs based on this method could be as follows:

[0187] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121:9:-76, -66:9:-12, 4:9:67, 77:9:113]

[0188] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-120:9:-75, -65:9:-11, 5:9:68, 78:9:114]

[0189] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-119:9:-74, -64:9:-10, 6:9:60, 70:9:115]

[0190] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-118:9:-73, -63:9:-9, 7:9:61, 71:9:116]

[0191] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-117:9:-72, -62:9:-8, 8:9:62, 72:9:117]

[0192] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-116:9:-71, -61:9:-7, 9:9:63, 73:9:118]

[0193] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-115:9:-70, -60:9:-6, 10:9:64, 74:9:119]

[0194] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-114:9:-78, -68:9:-5, 11:9:65, 75:9:120]

[0195] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-113:9:-77, -67:9:-4, 12:9:66, 76:9:121]

[0196] This approach may be implementation-efficient in that it uses the same null tone as the existing 20MHz tone plan (e.g., see Fig. 8).

[0197] (Method 1-2)

[0198] A tone plan for a 26-tone DRU can be defined assuming the same number and locations of guard tones and DC tones as before, plus four additional DC tones or null tones (e.g., [-5, -4, +4, +5]).

[0199] For example, the tones of each of the nine 26-tone DRUs can be allocated one tone at a time, from the lowest available tone to the highest available tone. This assumes that the existing guard tones and DC tones are maintained, and four additional DC tones or null tones are considered.

[0200] A specific tonnage plan for nine 26-ton DRUs based on this method could be as follows:

[0201] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122:9:-14, 6:9:114]

[0202] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-121:9:-13, 7:9:115]

[0203] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-120:9:-12, 8:9:116]

[0204] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-119:9:-11, 9:9:117]

[0205] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-118:9:-10, 10:9:118]

[0206] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-117:9:-9, 11:9:119]

[0207] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-116:9:-8, 12:9:120]

[0208] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-115:9:-7, 13:9:121]

[0209] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-114:9:-6, 14:9:122]

[0210] This method can be efficient in smoothing gain, etc., as it can obtain a relatively even tone plan. In addition, this method can be efficient in terms of DC offset, etc.

[0211] (Method 1-3)

[0212] A tone plan for a 26-tone DRU can be defined assuming the same number and locations of guard tones and DC tones as before, plus two additional guard tones and DC tones, or four null tones (e.g., [-122, -4, +4, +122] or [-4, -3, +3, +4]).

[0213] For example, the tones of each of the nine 26-tone DRUs can be allocated one tone each, from the lowest available tone to the highest available tone. This assumes that the existing guard tones and DC tones are maintained, and two additional guard tones and DC tones, or four additional null tones, are considered.

[0214] A specific tonnage plan for nine 26-ton DRUs based on this method could be as follows:

[0215] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121:9:-13, 5:9:113]

[0216] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-120:9:-12, 6:9:114]

[0217] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-119:9:-11, 7:9:115]

[0218] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-118:9:-10, 8:9:116]

[0219] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-117:9:-9, 9:9:117]

[0220] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-116:9:-8, 10:9:118]

[0221] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-115:9:-7, 11:9:119]

[0222] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-114:9:-6, 12:9:120]

[0223] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-113:9:-5, 13:9:121]

[0224] This method can be efficient in terms of smoothing gain, etc., as it can obtain a relatively even tone plan. Furthermore, this method may be suitable in terms of trade-offs when considering interference from adjacent channels and DC offset.

[0225] (Method 1-4)

[0226] A tone plan for a 26-tone DRU can be defined assuming the same number and locations of guard tones and DC tones as before, plus four additional guard tones or null tones (e.g., [-122, -121, +121, +122] or [-3, -2, +2, +3]).

[0227] For example, the tones of each of the nine 26-tone DRUs can be allocated one tone at a time, from the lowest available tone to the highest available tone. This assumes that the existing guard tones and DC tones are maintained, and that four additional guard tones or null tones are considered.

[0228] A specific tonnage plan for nine 26-ton DRUs based on this method could be as follows:

[0229] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120:9:-12, 4:9:112]

[0230] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-119:9:-11, 5:9:113]

[0231] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-118:9:-10, 6:9:114]

[0232] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-117:9:-9, 7:9:115]

[0233] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-116:9:-8, 8:9:116]

[0234] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-115:9:-7, 9:9:117]

[0235] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-114:9:-6, 10:9:118]

[0236] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-113:9:-5, 11:9:119]

[0237] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-112:9:-4, 12:9:120]

[0238] This method can be efficient in areas such as smoothing gain, as it can obtain relatively even tone plans. Furthermore, this method can be efficient when considering interference from adjacent channels.

[0239] (Method 1-5)

[0240] The tone plan for a 26-tone DRU can be defined assuming the same number and locations of guard tones and DC tones as before, and an additional eight guard tones or null tones (e.g., [-122, -121, -120, -119, +119, +120, +121, +122]). In this regard, for the same number and locations of DC tones as before, the DC of non-OFDMA can be considered.

[0241] For example, the tones of each of the nine 26-tone DRUs can be allocated one tone at a time, from the lowest available tone to the highest available tone. This assumes that the existing guard tones and DC tones (e.g., DC in non-OFDMA) are maintained, and an additional eight guard tones or null tones are considered.

[0242] A specific tonnage plan for nine 26-ton DRUs based on this method could be as follows:

[0243] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118:9:-10, 2:9:110]

[0244] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-117:9:-9, 3:9:111]

[0245] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-116:9:-8, 4:9:112]

[0246] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-115:9:-7, 5:9:113]

[0247] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-114:9:-6, 6:9:114]

[0248] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-113:9:-5, 7:9:115]

[0249] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-112:9:-4, 8:9:116]

[0250] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-111:9:-3, 9:9:117]

[0251] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-110:9:-2, 10:9:118]

[0252] This method can be efficient in terms of smoothing gain, etc., as it can obtain a relatively even tone plan. Furthermore, this method can be efficient when considering interference from adjacent channels.

[0253] Additionally, in terms of performance improvement, there is a technical effect of reducing the number of overlapping guard tones of 26-tone DRUs and 40MHz bandwidth / channels when the tone plan of the method is applied as is in a specific 20MHz channel within a bandwidth / channel of 40MHz or more.

[0254] (Method 1-6)

[0255] A tone plan for a 26-tone DRU can be defined assuming the same number and locations of guard tones and DC tones as before, and an additional eight guard tones or null tones (e.g., [-122, -121, -120, -2, +2, +120, +121, +122]). In this regard, for the same number and locations of DC tones as before, the DC of non-OFDMA can be considered.

[0256] For example, the tones of each of the nine 26-tone DRUs can be allocated one tone at a time, from the lowest available tone to the highest available tone. This assumes that the existing guard tones and DC tones (e.g., DC in non-OFDMA) are maintained, and an additional eight guard tones or null tones are considered.

[0257] A specific tonnage plan for nine 26-ton DRUs based on this method could be as follows:

[0258] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119:9:-11, 3:9:111]

[0259] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-118:9:-10, 4:9:112]

[0260] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-117:9:-9, 5:9:113]

[0261] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-116:9:-8, 6:9:114]

[0262] - 26-tone DRU 5: tone index [-115:9:-7, 7:9:115]

[0263] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-114:9:-6, 8:9:116]

[0264] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-113:9:-5, 9:9:117]

[0265] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-112:9:-4, 10:9:118]

[0266] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-111:9:-3, 11:9:119]

[0267] This method can be efficient in terms of smoothing gain, etc., as it can obtain a relatively even tone plan. Furthermore, this method can be efficient when considering interference from adjacent channels.

[0268] In addition, in terms of performance improvement, if the tone plan of the method is applied as is to a specific 20MHz channel within a bandwidth / channel of 40MHz or more, there is a technical effect of reducing the number of overlapping 26-tone DRUs and guard tones of 40MHz bandwidth / channel, and also reducing the DC offset effect.

[0269] (Example 1-2)

[0270] This embodiment describes a method for defining a tone plan for a 52-tone DRU for a 20 MHz bandwidth / channel.

[0271] A 52-ton DRU can be configured as a combination of two 26-ton DRUs (see, for example, Example 1-1) and can be defined as follows to maximize tones distribution.

[0272] - 52-ton DRU 1: Combination of 26-ton DRU 1 and 26-ton DRU 6

[0273] - 52-ton DRU 2: Combination of 26-ton DRU 2 and 26-ton DRU 7

[0274] - 52-ton DRU 3: Combination of 26-ton DRU 3 and 26-ton DRU 8

[0275] - 52-ton DRU 4: Combination of 26-ton DRU 4 and 26-ton DRU 9

[0276] (Example 1-3)

[0277] This embodiment relates to a method for defining a tone plan for a 106-tone DRU for a 20 MHz bandwidth / channel. With respect to the DRU tone plan for a 20 MHz bandwidth / channel, at least one of the following methods may be applied.

[0278] (Method 1-A)

[0279] A 106-tone DRU can be configured by combining two 52-tone DRUs with two of the four null tones [-122, -69, +69, +122]. However, in this case, the power boosting gain cannot be maximized, and in particular, no power boosting gain may be obtained when assigning null tones of -69 and +69.

[0280] Accordingly, the present disclosure may be applied to a method of using a tone having an index of -3 or -2 instead of -69 as a sine tone, and using a tone having an index of +3 or +2 instead of +69. These tones may correspond to tones used as DC tones in an OFDMA tone plan, or as data tones in a non-OFDMA tone plan.

[0281] To maximize tonal distribution, two 106-tone DRUs can be defined as follows:

[0282] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 3, null tone -3 or -2, and null tone +122

[0283] - 106-ton DRU 2: combination of 52-ton DRU 2, 52-ton DRU 4, null tone -122, and null tone +3 or +2

[0284] In this regard, from an implementation perspective, it may be efficient to assign null tone +3 to 106-tone DRU 2 when null tone -3 is assigned to 106-tone DRU 1. Similarly, it may be efficient to assign null tone +2 to 106-tone DRU 2 when null tone -2 is assigned to 106-tone DRU 1.

[0285] (Method 1-B)

[0286] A 106-tone DRU can be configured with a combination of two 52-tone DRUs and either a DC tone or four null tones [-5, -4, +4, +5].

[0287] To maximize tonal distribution, two 106-tone DRUs can be defined as follows:

[0288] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 3, null tone [-5, +4]

[0289] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 4, null tone [-4, +5]

[0290] (Method 1-C)

[0291] A 106-tone DRU can be configured with two combinations of two 52-tone DRUs and either a guard tone / DC tone or four null tones [-122, -4, +4, +122] or [-4, -3, +3, +4].

[0292] To maximize tonal distribution, two 106-tone DRUs can be defined as follows:

[0293] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 3, null tone [-4, +122] or [-4, +3]

[0294] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 4, null tone [-122, +4] or [-3, +4]

[0295] (Method 1-D)

[0296] A 106-tone DRU can be configured with a combination of two 52-tone DRUs and two of the guard tones or four null tones [-122, -121, +121, +122] or [-3, -2, +2, +3] or [-121, -3, +3, +121].

[0297] To maximize tonal distribution, two 106-tone DRUs can be defined as follows:

[0298] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 3, null tone [-122, +121] or [-3, +2] or [-3, +121]

[0299] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 4, null tone [-121, +122] or [-2, +3] or [-121, +3]

[0300] (Method 1-E)

[0301] A 106-tone DRU can be configured with a combination of two 52-tone DRUs and either a guard tone or four null tones [-120, -119, +119, +120].

[0302] To maximize tonal distribution, two 106-tone DRUs can be defined as follows:

[0303] - 106-ton DRU 1: combination of 52-ton DRU 1, 52-ton DRU 3, null tone [-120, +119]

[0304] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 4, null tone [-119, +120]

[0305] (Method 1-F)

[0306] A 106-tone DRU can be configured with a combination of two 52-tone DRUs and either a guard tone or four null tones [-120, -2, +2, +120] or [-121, -120, +120, +121].

[0307] To maximize tonal distribution, two 106-tone DRUs can be defined as follows:

[0308] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 3, null tone [-2, +120] or [-121, +120]

[0309] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 4, null tone [-120, +2] or [-120, +121]

[0310] (Example 1-4)

[0311] For the 52-tone DRU in the aforementioned embodiment 1-2, a method of generating various 52-tone DRUs by combining two arbitrary 26-tone DRUs rather than a fixed combination may be applied. In addition, for the 106-tone DRU in the aforementioned embodiment 1-3, a method of generating various 106-tone DRUs by combining four arbitrary 26-tone DRUs rather than a fixed combination may be applied. The method may be equally applied to the tone index of the 26-tone DRU defined in the aforementioned embodiment 1-1 as well as the tone index of the 26-tone DRU formed in another manner. In addition, additional tone combinations of the 106-tone DRU may be configured in the same manner as described in the aforementioned embodiment 1-3.

[0312] The method of generating DRUs in this manner can be usefully applied when DRUs shifted symbol-by-symbol are applied to obtain diversity gain (for example, when the tone index included in a specific DRU index in the first symbol is different from the tone index included in the same specific DRU index in the second symbol).

[0313] When the DRU index allocated to an STA is signaled / allocated using the SIG field (e.g., U-SIG and / or UHR-SIG) of the existing RU allocation information (e.g., in the case of a DL OFDMA PPDU), a predefined mapping rule between the 26-tone RRU index and the 26-tone DRU index may be applied. For example, the mapping rule may be that the DRU index-1 containing the lowest tone in the frequency domain is mapped to the RRU-1 containing the lowest tone, and then the DRU containing the next lowest tone is mapped sequentially in ascending order of the RRU index. Once the RRU-to-DRU mapping rule is defined, a 52-tone DRU or a 106-tone DRU can allocate and instruct the STA of multiple 26-tone RRU indexes based on the mapping rule. Accordingly, the STA can determine which 52-tone DRU or 106-tone DRU assigned to it contains tones included in which 26-tone DRUs.

[0314] For example, 2 / 4 26-tone RRU indexes corresponding to 2 / 4 26-tone DRUs corresponding to 52-tone DRU / 106-tone DRU can be indicated to one STA through RU allocation information, and the STA ID values ​​included in the user information (e.g., the user field of the U-SIG / UHR-SIG field of a DL OFDMA PPDU (e.g., MU PPDU), or the UHR variant user information field of a trigger frame) corresponding to such 2 / 4 26-tone RRUs can be set to the same value as the ID of the corresponding STA. Additionally, information indicating that a DRU is allocated, and / or information indicating whether the DRU allocated to the STA is the last of a plurality of 26-tone RRU indices, may be defined in the user information (e.g., a user field of a U-SIG / UHR-SIG field of a DL OFDMA PPDU (e.g., an MU PPDU), or a UHR variant user information field of a trigger frame).

[0315] (Example 1-5)

[0316] As in the aforementioned embodiment 1-2, it is predefined that the 52-tone DRU includes tones of two 26-tone DRUs in a fixed combination, and as in the aforementioned embodiment 3, it is predefined that the 106-tone DRU includes tones of two 52-tone DRUs in a fixed combination (or four 26-tone DRUs in a fixed combination), but by generalizing the DRU index and mapping it to each RRU index, it is also possible to flexibly set a 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU corresponding to a specific 52-tone DRU / 106-tone DRU.

[0317] For example, 26-tone DRU-a / b / c / d / e / f / g / h / i can be defined to correspond to 26-tone DRU-1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 in any manner (for example, indices a to i and indices 1 to 9 correspond one-to-one, but the numeric indices corresponding to each alphabetic index are determined in ascending order or in any order). Here, the positions of the tones included in the 26-tone DRU may be applied in the examples of Embodiment 1-1 or in another manner. Based on this, 52-tone DRU-a / b / c / d and 106-tone DRU-a / b can be defined to correspond to combinations of lower-size DRU indices as in the examples below.

[0318] - 52-ton DRU-a: 26-ton DRU-a, and 26-ton DRU-f

[0319] - 52-ton DRU-b: 26-ton DRU-b, and 26-ton DRU-g

[0320] - 52-ton DRU-c: 26-ton DRU-c, and 26-ton DRU-h

[0321] - 52-ton DRU-d = 26-ton DRU-d, and 26-ton DRU-i

[0322] - 106-ton DRU-a: 52-ton DRU-a, 52-ton DRU-c, and 2 additional tons

[0323] - 106-ton DRU-b: 52-ton DRU-b, 52-ton DRU-d, and 2 additional tons

[0324] Here, two additional tones for the 106-tone DRU can be defined based on the description in Examples 1-3.

[0325] Additionally or alternatively, a gap between multiple lower-sized DRU indices corresponding to a single upper-sized DRU index may be utilized. The value of this gap may be explicitly signaled to the STA, or may be implicitly signaled based on other information (e.g., bandwidth information, BSS color information, etc.) without separate signaling. For example, a 52-tone DRU and a 106-tone DRU may include tones of lower-sized DRUs as follows:

[0326] - 52-ton DRU-a: 26-ton DRU-a, 26-ton DRU-(a+Gap)

[0327] - 52-ton DRU-b: 26-ton DRU-b, 26-ton DRU-(b+Gap)

[0328] - 52-ton DRU-c: 26-ton DRU-c, 26-ton DRU-(c+Gap)

[0329] - 52-ton DRU-d: 26-ton DRU-d, 26-ton DRU-(d+Gap)

[0330] - 106-ton DRU-a: 52-ton DRU-a, 52-ton DRU-(a+Gap), and 2 additional tones

[0331] - 106-ton DRU-b: 52-ton DRU-b, 52-ton DRU-(b+Gap), and 2 additional tones

[0332] Here, two additional tones for the 106-tone DRU can be defined based on the description in Example 3.

[0333] In the examples described above, the order of the alphabetic indices of DRUs may be unrelated to the order of their positions in the frequency domain. Furthermore, even if the alphabetic indices of DRUs of different sizes are identical, this does not imply that the order within DRU indices of the same size is identical.

[0334] In the examples described above, the Gap value may have the same or different values ​​depending on the DRU size. For example, the Gap value may have independent values ​​depending on the DRU size, or it may have associated values.

[0335] (Example 1-6)

[0336] This embodiment is about a method for defining a pilot tone to be used in each DRU within the aforementioned 20MHz bandwidth / channel.

[0337] In connection with the description of the present embodiment, instead of numeric indices for each DRU index, alphabetic indices may be used / applied to consider generalized combinations.

[0338] First, the pilot tone for the 26-tone DRU can be defined as follows:

[0339] First, an extension method based on the positions of pilot tones in the existing RRU tone plan can be considered. In the case of pilot tones in the existing RRU tone plan, the tones at the [7th, 20th], [6th, 20th], or [7th, 21st] positions within each RU were used as pilot tones. Based on these positions, a shift value can be applied so that all pilot tones are evenly distributed across the bandwidth, not just in large DRUs. That is, shift values ​​of p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, and p9 can be applied to the pilot tone positions of each 26-tone DRU. For example, if the tones at the 7th and 20th positions within a 26-tone DRU are considered as pilot tones, applying a shift value of p1 can cause the 7th+p1th and 20th+p1th tones to be used as pilot tones.

[0340] In this regard, the shift value may not be applied to the 26-tone DRUs that are not used to form the 52-tone DRU (e.g., 26-tone DRU 5 or 26-tone DRU-e). For example, since these DRUs do not form the 52-tone DRU, they may not be related to the definition of sufficiently distributed pilot tones in larger DRUs. In addition, since these DRUs are positioned in the middle of all 26-tone DRUs based on the first tone, which is the lowest tone of the 26-tone DRU, in terms of location in the frequency domain, it may be efficient not to apply the shift value when considering the distributed pilot tones across the entire bandwidth. Additionally, when considering the tone at the [7th, 20th] position as a pilot tone for the 26-tone DRU, a mirror-symmetric pilot tone with respect to DC is formed within the 26-tone DRU 5 (or 26-tone DRU-e), which may be efficient in terms of implementation.

[0341] In addition, when applying shift values ​​to each 26-tone DRU, applying shift values ​​symmetrical to the left and right based on 26-tone DRU 5 (or 26-tone DRU-e) may be efficient in terms of implementation because it forms mirror-symmetric pilot tones across the entire bandwidth. For example, mirror-symmetric shift values ​​such as -z, -y, -x, -w, 0, w, x, y, and z may be applied to 26-tone DRU 1 (or 26-tone DRU-a) to 26-tone DRU 9 (or 26-tone DRU-f).

[0342] Additionally or alternatively, it may be considered to apply the same -x shift value to 26-tone DRU 1 (or 26-tone DRU-a) to 26-tone DRU 4 (or 26-tone DRU-d), no shift to 26-tone DRU 5 (or 26-tone DRU-e), and the same x shift value to 26-tone DRU 6 (or 26-tone DRU-f) to 26-tone DRU 9 (or 26-tone DRU-i). In that case, mirror-symmetric pilot tones can be configured and evenly distributed pilot tones can be defined within all DRUs including the large DRU, but the pilot tones may not be evenly distributed from an overall bandwidth perspective. That is, the pilot tone positions may be similar between each DRU. In this case, performance such as CFO tracking may be degraded across all DRUs.

[0343] Therefore, it may be efficient in terms of performance to design the pilot tones to be appropriately distributed between each DRU. To this end, mirror-symmetric shift values ​​such as -z, -y, -x, -w, 0, w, x, y, z are applied to 26-tone DRU 1 (or 26-tone DRU-a) to 26-tone DRU 9 (or 26-tone DRU-f), and it may be efficient to set / define w, x, y, and z to different values.

[0344] Additionally, the pilot tone for a 52-tone DRU may be composed of the pilot tones of the 26-tone DRUs that make up the 52-tone DRU.

[0345] Additionally, the pilot tone for a 106-tone DRU may be composed of the pilot tones of the 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU. In this regard, it may be efficient from an implementation perspective to select the pilot tones used within the 106-tone DRU so that they are appropriately distributed and mirror-symmetric when considering all 106-tone DRUs.

[0346] Below, pilot tones for each DRU in various DRU tone plan schemes for the 20 MHz bandwidth / channel described above in the present disclosure are described through specific examples. In the examples below, it is assumed that the tones at the [7th and 20th] positions in each 26-tone DRU are used as pilot tones.

[0347] (Example 1. When the same shift is applied to some DRUs)

[0348] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, if a -3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 4, no shift is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5, and a +3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6 to 26-tone DRU 9, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0349] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-94, +31]

[0350] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, +32]

[0351] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +33]

[0352] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, +34]

[0353] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0354] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-34, +91]

[0355] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +92]

[0356] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-32, +93]

[0357] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-31, +94]

[0358] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[31, 32, 33, 34, 62, 91, 92, 93, 94].

[0359] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0360] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-94, -34, +31, +91]

[0361] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, -33, +32, +92]

[0362] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -32, +33, +93]

[0363] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, -31, +34, +94]

[0364] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0365] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0366] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-94 or -92, -34 or -32, +31 or +33, +91 or +93]

[0367] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93 or -91, -33 or -31, +32 or +34, +92 or +94]

[0368] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0369] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-94, -34, +33, +93], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-93, -33, +34, +94]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-94, -34, +31, +91], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-91, -31, +34, +94]. Evenly distributed pilot tones are formed within a DRU, but similar pilot tones may be formed between DRUs.

[0370] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0371] (Example 2. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0372] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3, and +4 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0373] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103, +22]

[0374] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, +32]

[0375] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, +42]

[0376] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +52]

[0377] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0378] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +73]

[0379] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-42, +83]

[0380] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-32, +93]

[0381] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-22, +103]

[0382] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[22, 32, 43, 52, 62, 73, 83, 93, 103].

[0383] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0384] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103, -52, +22, +73]

[0385] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, -42, +32, +83]

[0386] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, -32, +42, +93]

[0387] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -22, +52, +103]

[0388] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0389] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0390] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103 or -83, -52 or -32, +22 or +42, +73 or +93]

[0391] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93 or -73, -42 or -22, +32 or +52, +83 or +103]

[0392] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0393] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-103, -32, +22, +93], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-93, -22, +32, +103]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-103, -52, +22, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -22, +52, +103].

[0394] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0395] (Example 3. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0396] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0397] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, +13]

[0398] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, +23]

[0399] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +33]

[0400] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, +43]

[0401] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0402] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-43, +82]

[0403] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +92]

[0404] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +102]

[0405] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-13, +112]

[0406] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[13, 23, 33, 43, 62, 82, 92, 102, 112].

[0407] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0408] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, -43, +13, +82]

[0409] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, -33, +23, +92]

[0410] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -23, +33, +102]

[0411] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, -13, +43, +112]

[0412] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0413] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0414] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112 or -92, -43 or -23, +13 or +33, +82 or +102]

[0415] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102 or -82, -33 or -13, +23 or +43, +92 or +112]

[0416] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0417] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-112, -43, +33, +102], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-102, -33, +43, +112]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-112, -43, +13, +82], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-82, -13, +43, +112].

[0418] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0419] (Example 3-1. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0420] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0421] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, +13]

[0422] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, +23]

[0423] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, +42]

[0424] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +52]

[0425] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0426] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +73]

[0427] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-42, +83]

[0428] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +102]

[0429] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-13, +112]

[0430] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[13, 23, 42, 52, 62, 73, 83, 102, 112].

[0431] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0432] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, -52, +13, +73]

[0433] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, -42, +23, +83]

[0434] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, -23, +42, +102]

[0435] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -13, +52, +112]

[0436] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0437] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0438] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112 or -83, -52 or -23, +13 or +42, +73 or +102]

[0439] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102 or -73, -42 or -13, +23 or +52, +83 or +112]

[0440] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0441] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-112, -52, +13, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -13, +52, +112].

[0442] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0443] (Example 3-2. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0444] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0445] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +4]

[0446] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, +14]

[0447] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, +42]

[0448] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +52]

[0449] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0450] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +73]

[0451] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-42, +83]

[0452] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +111]

[0453] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +121]

[0454] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 14, 42, 52, 62, 73, 83, 111, 121].

[0455] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0456] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -52, +4, +73]

[0457] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, -42, +14, +83]

[0458] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, -14, +42, +111]

[0459] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -4, +52, +121]

[0460] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0461] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0462] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -83, -52 or -14, +4 or +42, +73 or +111]

[0463] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111 or -73, -42 or -4, +14 or +52, +83 or +121]

[0464] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0465] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -52, +4, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -4, +52, +121].

[0466] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0467] (Example 3-3. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0468] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -6, -4, -3, -1, 0, +1, +3, +4, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0469] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +4]

[0470] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, +23]

[0471] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +33]

[0472] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +52]

[0473] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0474] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +73]

[0475] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +92]

[0476] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +102]

[0477] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +121]

[0478] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 23, 33, 52, 62, 73, 92, 102, 121].

[0479] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0480] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -52, +4, +73]

[0481] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, -33, +23, +92]

[0482] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -23, +33, +102]

[0483] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -4, +52, +121]

[0484] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0485] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0486] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -92, -52 or -23, +4 or +33, +73 or +102]

[0487] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102 or -73, -33 or -4, +23 or +52, +92 or +121]

[0488] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0489] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -52, +4, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -4, +52, +121].

[0490] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0491] (Example 4. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0492] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0493] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +4]

[0494] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, +14]

[0495] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +33]

[0496] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, +43]

[0497] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0498] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-43, +82]

[0499] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +92]

[0500] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +111]

[0501] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +121]

[0502] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 14, 33, 43, 62, 82, 92, 111, 121].

[0503] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0504] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -43, +4, +82]

[0505] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, -33, +14, +92]

[0506] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -14, +33, +111]

[0507] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, -4, +43, +121]

[0508] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0509] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0510] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -92, -43 or -14, +4 or +33, +82 or +111]

[0511] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111 or -82, -33 or -4, +14 or +43, +92 or +121]

[0512] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0513] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -43, +33, +111], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-111, -33, +43, +121]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -43, +4, +82], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-82, -4, +43, +121].

[0514] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0515] (Example 5. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0516] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -4, -3, 0, +3, +4, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0517] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +4]

[0518] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, +14]

[0519] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-101, +24]

[0520] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, +34]

[0521] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0522] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-34, +91]

[0523] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-24, +101]

[0524] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +111]

[0525] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +121]

[0526] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 14, 24, 34, 62, 91, 101, 111, 121].

[0527] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0528] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -34, +4, +91]

[0529] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, -24, +14, +101]

[0530] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-101, -14, +24, +111]

[0531] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, -4, +34, +121]

[0532] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0533] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the null tones +-[69, 122] or two of the DC tones +-[2, 3].

[0534] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -101, -34 or -14, +4 or +24, +91 or +111]

[0535] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111 or -91, -24 or -4, +14 or +34, +101 or +121]

[0536] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -3 (or -2) and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +3 (or +2).

[0537] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-101, -34, +24, +91], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-91, -24, +34, +101]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -34, +4, +91], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-91, -4, +34, +121].

[0538] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0539] Additionally, in the example, the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 1 could be [-69, +122] and the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 2 could be [-122, +69]. Alternatively, the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 1 could be [-122, +69] and the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 2 could be [-69, +122].

[0540] (Example 6. Applying the same shift to some DRUs)

[0541] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the above-described method 1-2, if a -3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 4, no shift is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5, and a +3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6 to 26-tone DRU 9, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0542] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-95, +33]

[0543] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-94, +34]

[0544] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, +35]

[0545] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-92, +36]

[0546] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0547] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-36, +92]

[0548] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-35, +93]

[0549] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-34, +94]

[0550] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-33, +95]

[0551] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on the pilot tones +-[33, 34, 35, 36, 64, 92, 93, 94, 95].

[0552] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0553] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-95, -36, +33, +92]

[0554] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-94, -35, +34, +93]

[0555] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, -34, +35, +94]

[0556] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-92, -33, +36, +95]

[0557] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0558] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be DC tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0559] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-95 or -93, -36 or -34, +33 or +35, +92 or +94]

[0560] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-94 or -92, -35 or -33, +34 or +36, +93 or +95]

[0561] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0562] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-95, -36, +35, +94], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-94, -35, +36, +95]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-95, -36, +33, +92], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-92, -33, +36, +95]. Evenly distributed pilot tones are formed within a DRU, but similar pilot tones may be formed between DRUs.

[0563] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0564] (Example 7. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0565] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3, and +4 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0566] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-104, +24]

[0567] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-94, +34]

[0568] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-84, +44]

[0569] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, +54]

[0570] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0571] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-54, +74]

[0572] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-44, +84]

[0573] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-34, +94]

[0574] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-24, +104]

[0575] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[24, 34, 44, 54, 64, 74, 84, 94, 104].

[0576] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0577] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-104, -54, +24, +74]

[0578] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-94, -44, +34, +84]

[0579] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-84, -34, +44, +94]

[0580] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, -24, +54, +104]

[0581] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0582] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0583] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-104 or -84, -54 or -34, +24 or +44, +74 or +94]

[0584] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-94 or -74, -44 or -24, +34 or +54, +84 or +104]

[0585] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0586] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-104, -34, +24, +94], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-94, -24, +34, +104]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-104, -54, +24, +74], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-74, -24, +54, +104].

[0587] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0588] (Example 8. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0589] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0590] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-113, +15]

[0591] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103, +23]

[0592] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, +33]

[0593] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-83, +45]

[0594] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0595] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-45, +83]

[0596] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-35, +93]

[0597] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-25, +103]

[0598] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-15, +113]

[0599] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[15, 25, 35, 45, 64, 83, 93, 103, 113].

[0600] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0601] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-113, -45, +15, +83]

[0602] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103, -35, +25, +93]

[0603] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, -25, +35, +103]

[0604] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-83, -15, +45, +113]

[0605] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0606] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0607] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-113 or -93, -45 or -25, +15 or +35, +83 or +103]

[0608] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103 or -83, -35 or -15, +25 or +45, +93 or +113]

[0609] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0610] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-113, -45, +35, +103], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-103, -35, +45, +113]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-113, -45, +15, +83], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-83, -15, +45, +113].

[0611] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0612] (Example 8-1. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0613] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0614] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-113, +15]

[0615] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103, +25]

[0616] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-84, +44]

[0617] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, +54]

[0618] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0619] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-54, +74]

[0620] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-44, +84]

[0621] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-25, +103]

[0622] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-15, +113]

[0623] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[15, 25, 44, 54, 64, 74, 84, 103, 113].

[0624] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0625] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-113, -54, +15, +74]

[0626] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103, -44, +25, +84]

[0627] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-84, -25, +44, +103]

[0628] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, -15, +54, +113]

[0629] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0630] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0631] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-113 or -84, -54 or -25, +15 or +44, +74 or +103]

[0632] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103 or -74, -44 or -15, +25 or +54, +84 or +113]

[0633] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0634] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-113, -54, +15, +74], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-74, -15, +54, +113].

[0635] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0636] (Example 8-2. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0637] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0638] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, +6]

[0639] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112, +16]

[0640] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-84, +44]

[0641] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, +54]

[0642] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0643] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-54, +74]

[0644] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-44, +84]

[0645] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-16, +112]

[0646] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-6, +122]

[0647] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[6, 16, 44, 54, 64, 74, 84, 112, 122].

[0648] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0649] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, -54, +6, +74]

[0650] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112, -44, +16, +84]

[0651] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-84, -16, +44, +112]

[0652] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, -6, +54, +122]

[0653] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0654] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0655] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122 or -84, -54 or -16, +6 or +44, +74 or +112]

[0656] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112 or -74, -44 or -6, +16 or +54, +84 or +122]

[0657] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0658] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-122, -54, +6, +74], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-74, -6, +54, +122].

[0659] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0660] (Example 8-3. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0661] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -6, -4, -3, -1, 0, +1, +3, +4, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0662] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, +6]

[0663] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103, +25]

[0664] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, +35]

[0665] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, +54]

[0666] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0667] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-54, +74]

[0668] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-35, +93]

[0669] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-25, +103]

[0670] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-6, +122]

[0671] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[6, 25, 35, 54, 64, 74, 93, 103, 122].

[0672] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0673] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, -54, +6, +74]

[0674] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103, -35, +25, +93]

[0675] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, -25, +35, +103]

[0676] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-74, -6, +54, +122]

[0677] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0678] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0679] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122 or -93, -54 or -25, +6 or +35, +74 or +103]

[0680] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-103 or -74, -35 or -6, +25 or +54, +93 or +122]

[0681] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0682] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-122, -54, +6, +74], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-74, -6, +54, +122].

[0683] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0684] (Example 9. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0685] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0686] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, +6]

[0687] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112, +16]

[0688] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, +35]

[0689] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-83, +45]

[0690] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0691] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-45, +83]

[0692] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-35, +93]

[0693] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-16, +112]

[0694] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-6, +122]

[0695] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[6, 16, 35, 45, 64, 83, 93, 112, 122].

[0696] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0697] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, -45, +6, +83]

[0698] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112, -35, +16, +93]

[0699] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, -16, +35, +112]

[0700] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-83, -6, +45, +122]

[0701] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0702] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0703] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122 or -93, -45 or -16, +6 or +35, +83 or +112]

[0704] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112 or -83, -35 or -6, +16 or +45, +93 or +122]

[0705] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0706] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-122, -45, +35, +112], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-112, -35, +45, +122]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-122, -45, +6, +83], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-83, -6, +45, +122].

[0707] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0708] (Example 10. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0709] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -4, -3, 0, +3, +4, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0710] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, +6]

[0711] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112, +16]

[0712] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-102, +26]

[0713] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-92, +36]

[0714] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-64, +64]

[0715] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-36, +92]

[0716] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-26, +102]

[0717] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-16, +112]

[0718] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-6, +122]

[0719] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[6, 16, 26, 36, 64, 92, 102, 112, 122].

[0720] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0721] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122, -36, +6, +92]

[0722] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112, -26, +16, +102]

[0723] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-102, -16, +26, +112]

[0724] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-92, -6, +36, +122]

[0725] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0726] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be null tones in the 26-tone DRU / 52-tone DRU, or DC tones. Here, the additional two tones may be two of the DC tones +-[4, 5].

[0727] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-122 or -102, -36 or -16, +6 or +26, +92 or +112]

[0728] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-112 or -92, -26 or -6, +16 or +36, +102 or +122]

[0729] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -5 and +4, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -4 and +5.

[0730] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-102, -36, +26, +92], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-92, -26, +36, +102]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-122, -36, +6, +92], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-92, -6, +36, +122].

[0731] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0732] Additionally, in the example, the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 1 could be [-69, +122] and the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 2 could be [-122, +69]. Alternatively, the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 1 could be [-122, +69] and the additional tone of the 106-tone DRU 2 could be [-69, +122].

[0733] (Example 11. Applying the same shift to some DRUs)

[0734] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the above-described method 1-3, if a -3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 4, no shift is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5, and a +3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6 to 26-tone DRU 9, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0735] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-94, +32]

[0736] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, +33]

[0737] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +34]

[0738] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, +35]

[0739] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0740] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-35, +91]

[0741] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-34, +92]

[0742] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-33, +93]

[0743] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-32, +94]

[0744] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[32, 33, 34, 35, 63, 91, 92, 93, 94].

[0745] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0746] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-94, -35, +32, +91]

[0747] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, -34, +33, +92]

[0748] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -33, +34, +93]

[0749] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, -32, +35, +94]

[0750] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0751] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0752] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-94 or -92, -35 or -33, +32 or +34, +91 or +93]

[0753] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93 or -91, -34 or -32, +33 or +35, +92 or +94]

[0754] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0755] For example, the pilot tones of 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-94, -35, +34, +93], and the pilot tones of 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-93, -34, +35, +94]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between DRUs, the pilot tones of 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-94, -35, +32, +91], and the pilot tones of 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-91, -32, +35, +94]. Evenly distributed pilot tones are formed within a DRU, but similar pilot tones may be formed between DRUs.

[0756] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0757] (Example 12. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0758] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3, and +4 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0759] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103, +23]

[0760] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, +33]

[0761] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, +43]

[0762] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +53]

[0763] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0764] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-53, +73]

[0765] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-43, +83]

[0766] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-33, +93]

[0767] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-23, +103]

[0768] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[23, 33, 43, 53, 63, 73, 83, 93, 103].

[0769] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0770] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103, -53, +23, +73]

[0771] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93, -43, +33, +83]

[0772] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, -33, +43, +93]

[0773] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -23, +53, +103]

[0774] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0775] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0776] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103 or -83, -53 or -33, +23 or +43, +73 or +93]

[0777] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-93 or -73, -43 or -23, +33 or +53, +83 or +103]

[0778] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0779] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-103, -33, +23, +93], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-93, -23, +33, +103]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-103, -53, +23, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -23, +53, +103].

[0780] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0781] (Example 13. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0782] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0783] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, +14]

[0784] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, +24]

[0785] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +34]

[0786] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, +44]

[0787] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0788] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-44, +82]

[0789] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-34, +92]

[0790] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-24, +102]

[0791] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-14, +112]

[0792] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[14, 24, 34, 44, 63, 82, 92, 102, 112].

[0793] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0794] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, -44, +14, +82]

[0795] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, -34, +24, +92]

[0796] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -24, +34, +102]

[0797] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, -14, +44, +112]

[0798] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0799] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0800] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112 or -92, -44 or -24, +14 or +34, +82 or +102]

[0801] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102 or -82, -34 or -14, +24 or +44, +92 or +112]

[0802] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0803] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-112, -44, +34, +102], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-102, -34, +44, +112]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-112, -44, +14, +82], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-82, -14, +44, +112].

[0804] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0805] (Example 13-1. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0806] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU can be as follows.

[0807] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, +14]

[0808] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, +24]

[0809] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, +43]

[0810] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +53]

[0811] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0812] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-53, +73]

[0813] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-43, +83]

[0814] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-24, +102]

[0815] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-14, +112]

[0816] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[14, 24, 43, 53, 63, 73, 83, 102, 112].

[0817] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0818] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, -53, +14, +73]

[0819] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, -43, +24, +83]

[0820] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, -24, +43, +102]

[0821] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -14, +53, +112]

[0822] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0823] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0824] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112 or -83, -53 or -24, +14 or +43, +73 or +102]

[0825] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102 or -73, -43 or -14, +24 or +53, +83 or +112]

[0826] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0827] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-112, -53, +14, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -14, +53, +112].

[0828] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0829] (Example 13-2. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0830] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0831] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +5]

[0832] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, +15]

[0833] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, +43]

[0834] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +53]

[0835] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0836] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-53, +73]

[0837] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-43, +83]

[0838] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-15, +111]

[0839] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-5, +121]

[0840] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[5, 15, 43, 53, 63, 73, 83, 111, 121].

[0841] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0842] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -53, +5, +73]

[0843] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, -43, +15, +83]

[0844] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-83, -15, +43, +111]

[0845] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -5, +53, +121]

[0846] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0847] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0848] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -83, -53 or -15, +5 or +43, +73 or +111]

[0849] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111 or -73, -43 or -5, +15 or +53, +83 or +121]

[0850] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0851] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -53, +5, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -5, +53, +121].

[0852] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0853] (Example 13-3. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0854] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -6, -4, -3, -1, 0, +1, +3, +4, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0855] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +5]

[0856] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, +24]

[0857] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +34]

[0858] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, +53]

[0859] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0860] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-53, +73]

[0861] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-34, +92]

[0862] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-24, +102]

[0863] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-5, +121]

[0864] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[5, 24, 34, 53, 63, 73, 92, 102, 121].

[0865] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0866] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -53, +5, +73]

[0867] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102, -34, +24, +92]

[0868] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -24, +34, +102]

[0869] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-73, -5, +53, +121]

[0870] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0871] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0872] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -92, -53 or -24, +5 or +34, +73 or +102]

[0873] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-102 or -73, -34 or -5, +24 or +53, +92 or +121]

[0874] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0875] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -53, +5, +73], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-73, -5, +53, +121].

[0876] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0877] (Example 14. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0878] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0879] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +5]

[0880] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, +15]

[0881] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +34]

[0882] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, +44]

[0883] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0884] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-44, +82]

[0885] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-34, +92]

[0886] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-15, +111]

[0887] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-5, +121]

[0888] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[5, 15, 34, 44, 63, 82, 92, 111, 121].

[0889] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0890] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -44, +5, +82]

[0891] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, -34, +15, +92]

[0892] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, -15, +34, +111]

[0893] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-82, -5, +44, +121]

[0894] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0895] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0896] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -92, -44 or -15, +5 or +34, +82 or +111]

[0897] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111 or -82, -34 or -5, +15 or +44, +92 or +121]

[0898] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0899] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -44, +34, +111], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-111, -34, +44, +121]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -44, +5, +82], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-82, -5, +44, +121].

[0900] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0901] (Example 15. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0902] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -4, -3, 0, +3, +4, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0903] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, +5]

[0904] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, +15]

[0905] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-101, +25]

[0906] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, +35]

[0907] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-63, +63]

[0908] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-35, +91]

[0909] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-25, +101]

[0910] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-15, +111]

[0911] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-5, +121]

[0912] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[5, 15, 25, 35, 63, 91, 101, 111, 121].

[0913] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0914] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121, -35, +5, +91]

[0915] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111, -25, +15, +101]

[0916] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-101, -15, +25, +111]

[0917] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-91, -5, +35, +121]

[0918] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0919] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[4, 122].

[0920] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-121 or -101, -35 or -15, +5 or +25, +91 or +111]

[0921] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-111 or -91, -25 or -5, +15 or +35, +101 or +121]

[0922] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -4 and +122, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -122 and +4.

[0923] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-101, -35, +25, +91], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-91, -25, +35, +101]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-121, -35, +5, +91], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-91, -5, +35, +121].

[0924] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0925] (Example 16. Applying the same shift to some DRUs)

[0926] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the above-described method 1-4, if a -3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 4, no shift is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5, and a +3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6 to 26-tone DRU 9, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0927] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-93, +31]

[0928] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-92, +32]

[0929] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, +33]

[0930] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-90, +34]

[0931] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0932] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-34, +90]

[0933] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +91]

[0934] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-32, +92]

[0935] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-31, +93]

[0936] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[31, 32, 33, 34, 62, 90, 91, 92, 93].

[0937] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0938] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-93, -34, +31, +90]

[0939] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-92, -33, +32, +91]

[0940] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, -32, +33, +92]

[0941] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-90, -31, +34, +93]

[0942] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0943] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[0944] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-93 or -91, -34 or -32, +31 or +33, +90 or +92]

[0945] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-92 or -90, -33 or -31, +32 or +34, +91 or +93]

[0946] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +122.

[0947] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-93, -34, +33, +92], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-92, -33, +34, +93]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-93, -34, +31, +90], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-90, -31, +34, +93]. Evenly distributed pilot tones are formed within a DRU, but similar pilot tones may be formed between DRUs.

[0948] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0949] (Example 17. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0950] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3, and +4 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0951] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-102, +22]

[0952] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-92, +32]

[0953] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-82, +42]

[0954] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, +52]

[0955] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0956] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +72]

[0957] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-42, +82]

[0958] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-32, +92]

[0959] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-22, +102]

[0960] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[22, 32, 42, 52, 62, 72, 82, 92, 102].

[0961] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0962] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-102, -52, +22, +72]

[0963] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-92, -42, +32, +82]

[0964] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-82, -32, +42, +92]

[0965] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, -22, +52, +102]

[0966] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0967] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[0968] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-102 or -82, -52 or -32, +22 or +42, +72 or +92]

[0969] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-92 or -72, -42 or -22, +32 or +52, +82 or +102]

[0970] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +122.

[0971] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-102, -32, +22, +92], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-92, -22, +32, +102]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-102, -52, +22, +72], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-72, -22, +52, +102].

[0972] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0973] (Example 18. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0974] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0975] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-111, +13]

[0976] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101, +23]

[0977] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, +33]

[0978] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-81, +43]

[0979] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[0980] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-43, +81]

[0981] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +91]

[0982] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +101]

[0983] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-13, +111]

[0984] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[13, 23, 33, 43, 62, 81, 91, 101, 111].

[0985] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[0986] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-111, -43, +13, +81]

[0987] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101, -33, +23, +91]

[0988] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, -23, +33, +101]

[0989] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-81, -13, +43, +111]

[0990] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0991] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[0992] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-111 or -91, -43 or -23, +13 or +33, +81 or +101]

[0993] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101 or -81, -33 or -13, +23 or +43, +91 or +111]

[0994] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +122.

[0995] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-111, -43, +33, +101], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-101, -33, +43, +111]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-111, -43, +13, +81], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-81, -13, +43, +111].

[0996] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[0997] (Example 18-1. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[0998] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[0999] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-111, +13]

[1000] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101, +23]

[1001] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-82, +42]

[1002] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, +52]

[1003] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[1004] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +72]

[1005] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-42, +82]

[1006] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +101]

[1007] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-13, +111]

[1008] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[13, 23, 42, 52, 62, 72, 82, 101, 111].

[1009] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1010] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-111, -52, +13, +72]

[1011] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101, -42, +23, +82]

[1012] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-82, -23, +42, +101]

[1013] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, -13, +52, +111]

[1014] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1015] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[1016] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-111 or -82, -52 or -23, +13 or +42, +72 or +101]

[1017] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101 or -72, -42 or -13, +23 or +52, +82 or +111]

[1018] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +122.

[1019] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-111, -52, +13, +72], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-72, -13, +52, +111].

[1020] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1021] (Example 18-2. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1022] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1023] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, +4]

[1024] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110, +14]

[1025] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-82, +42]

[1026] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, +52]

[1027] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[1028] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +72]

[1029] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-42, +82]

[1030] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +110]

[1031] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +120]

[1032] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 14, 42, 52, 62, 72, 82, 110, 120].

[1033] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1034] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, -52, +4, +72]

[1035] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110, -42, +14, +82]

[1036] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-82, -14, +42, +110]

[1037] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, -4, +52, +120]

[1038] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1039] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[1040] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120 or -82, -52 or -14, +4 or +42, +72 or +110]

[1041] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110 or -72, -42 or -4, +14 or +52, +82 or +120]

[1042] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +122.

[1043] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-120, -52, +4, +72], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-72, -4, +52, +120].

[1044] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1045] (Example 18-3. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1046] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -6, -4, -3, -1, 0, +1, +3, +4, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1047] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, +4]

[1048] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101, +23]

[1049] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, +33]

[1050] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, +52]

[1051] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[1052] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-52, +72]

[1053] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +91]

[1054] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +101]

[1055] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +120]

[1056] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 23, 33, 52, 62, 72, 91, 101, 120].

[1057] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1058] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, -52, +4, +72]

[1059] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101, -33, +23, +91]

[1060] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, -23, +33, +101]

[1061] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-72, -4, +52, +120]

[1062] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1063] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[1064] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120 or -91, -52 or -23, +4 or +33, +72 or +101]

[1065] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-101 or -72, -33 or -4, +23 or +52, +91 or +120]

[1066] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +121.

[1067] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-120, -52, +4, +72], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-72, -4, +52, +120].

[1068] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1069] (Example 19. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1070] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1071] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, +4]

[1072] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110, +14]

[1073] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, +33]

[1074] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-81, +43]

[1075] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[1076] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-43, +81]

[1077] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-33, +91]

[1078] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +110]

[1079] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +120]

[1080] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 14, 33, 43, 62, 81, 91, 110, 120].

[1081] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1082] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, -43, +4, +81]

[1083] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110, -33, +14, +91]

[1084] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, -14, +33, +110]

[1085] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-81, -4, +43, +120]

[1086] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1087] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[1088] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120 or -91, -43 or -14, +4 or +33, +81 or +110]

[1089] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110 or -81, -33 or -4, +14 or +43, +91 or +120]

[1090] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +122.

[1091] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-120, -43, +33, +110], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-110, -33, +43, +120]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-120, -43, +4, +81], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-81, -4, +43, +120].

[1092] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1093] (Example 20. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1094] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -4, -3, 0, +3, +4, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1095] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, +4]

[1096] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110, +14]

[1097] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-100, +24]

[1098] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-90, +34]

[1099] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-62, +62]

[1100] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-34, +90]

[1101] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-24, +100]

[1102] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +110]

[1103] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-4, +120]

[1104] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[4, 14, 24, 34, 62, 90, 100, 110, 120].

[1105] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1106] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120, -34, +4, +90]

[1107] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110, -24, +14, +100]

[1108] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-100, -14, +24, +110]

[1109] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-90, -4, +34, +120]

[1110] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1111] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[121, 122].

[1112] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-120 or -100, -34 or -14, +4 or +24, +90 or +110]

[1113] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-110 or -90, -24 or -4, +14 or +34, +100 or +120]

[1114] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -122 and +121, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -121 and +121.

[1115] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-100, -34, +24, +90], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-90, -24, +34, +100]. As another example, in terms of further distributing the pilot tones between the DRUs, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-120, -34, +4, +90], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-90, -4, +34, +120].

[1116] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1117] Additionally, in a tone plan based on methods 1-4, the null tones [-3, +2] can be combined in the 106-tone DRU 1 instead of [-122, +121], and the null tones [-2, +3] can be combined in the 106-tone DRU 2 instead of [-121, +122].

[1118] (Example 21. Applying the same shift to some DRUs)

[1119] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the above-described method 1-5, if a -3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 4, no shift is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5, and a +3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6 to 26-tone DRU 9, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1120] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-91, +29]

[1121] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-90, +30]

[1122] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, +31]

[1123] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-88, +32]

[1124] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1125] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-32, +88]

[1126] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-31, +89]

[1127] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-30, +90]

[1128] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-29, +91]

[1129] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[29, 30, 31, 32, 60, 88, 89, 90, 91].

[1130] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1131] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-91, -32, +29, +88]

[1132] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-90, -31, +30, +89]

[1133] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, -30, +31, +90]

[1134] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-88, -29, +32, +91]

[1135] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1136] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1137] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-91 or -89, -32 or -30, +29 or +31, +88 or +90]

[1138] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-90 or -88, -31 or -29, +30 or +32, +89 or +91]

[1139] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -120 and +119, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -119 and +120.

[1140] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-91, -32, +29, +88], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-88, -29, +32, +91]. Although the pilot tones are evenly distributed within a DRU, similar pilot tones may be configured between DRUs.

[1141] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1142] (Example 22. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1143] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3, and +4 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1144] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-100, +20]

[1145] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-90, +30]

[1146] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-80, +40]

[1147] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, +50]

[1148] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1149] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-50, +70]

[1150] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-40, +80]

[1151] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-30, +90]

[1152] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-20, +100]

[1153] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100].

[1154] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1155] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-100, -50, +20, +70]

[1156] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-90, -40, +30, +80]

[1157] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-80, -30, +40, +90]

[1158] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, -20, +50, +100]

[1159] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1160] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1161] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-100 or -80, -50 or -30, +20 or +40, +70 or +90]

[1162] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-90 or -70, -40 or -20, +30 or +50, +80 or +100]

[1163] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -120 and +119, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -119 and +120.

[1164] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-100, -50, +20, +70], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-70, -20, +50, +100].

[1165] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1166] (Example 23. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1167] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1168] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-109, +11]

[1169] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99, +21]

[1170] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, +31]

[1171] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-79, +41]

[1172] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1173] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-41, +79]

[1174] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-31, +89]

[1175] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-21, +99]

[1176] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-11, +109]

[1177] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[11, 21, 31, 41, 60, 79, 89, 99, 109].

[1178] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1179] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-109, -41, +11, +79]

[1180] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99, -31, +21, +89]

[1181] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, -21, +31, +99]

[1182] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-79, -11, +41, +109]

[1183] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1184] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1185] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-109 or -89, -41 or -21, +11 or +31, +79 or +99]

[1186] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99 or -79, -31 or -11, +21 or +41, +89 or +109]

[1187] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -119 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +119.

[1188] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-109, -41, +11, +79], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-79, -11, +41, +109].

[1189] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1190] (Example 23-1. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1191] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1192] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-109, +11]

[1193] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99, +21]

[1194] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-80, +40]

[1195] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, +50]

[1196] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1197] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-50, +70]

[1198] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-40, +80]

[1199] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-21, +99]

[1200] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-11, +109]

[1201] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[11, 21, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 99, 109].

[1202] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1203] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-109, -50, +11, +70]

[1204] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99, -40, +21, +80]

[1205] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-80, -21, +40, +99]

[1206] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, -11, +50, +109]

[1207] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1208] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1209] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-109 or -80, -50 or -21, +11 or +40, +70 or +99]

[1210] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99 or -70, -40 or -11, +21 or +50, +80 or +109]

[1211] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -120 and +119, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -119 and +120.

[1212] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-109, -50, +11, +70], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-70, -11, +50, +109].

[1213] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1214] (Example 23-2. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1215] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1216] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, +2]

[1217] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108, +12]

[1218] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-80, +40]

[1219] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, +50]

[1220] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1221] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-50, +70]

[1222] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-40, +80]

[1223] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-12, +108]

[1224] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-2, +118]

[1225] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[2, 12, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 108, 118].

[1226] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1227] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, -50, +2, +70]

[1228] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108, -40, +12, +80]

[1229] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-80, -12, +40, +108]

[1230] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, -2, +50, +118]

[1231] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1232] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1233] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118 or -80, -50 or -12, +2 or +40, +70 or +108]

[1234] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108 or -70, -40 or -2, +12 or +50, +80 or +118]

[1235] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -120 and +119, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -119 and +120.

[1236] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-118, -50, +2, +70], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-70, -2, +50, +118].

[1237] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1238] (Example 23-3. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1239] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -6, -4, -3, -1, 0, +1, +3, +4, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1240] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, +2]

[1241] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99, +21]

[1242] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, +31]

[1243] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, +50]

[1244] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1245] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-50, +70]

[1246] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-31, +89]

[1247] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-21, +99]

[1248] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-2, +118]

[1249] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[2, 21, 31, 50, 60, 70, 89, 99, 118].

[1250] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1251] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, -50, +2, +70]

[1252] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99, -31, +21, +89]

[1253] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, -21, +31, +99]

[1254] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-70, -2, +50, +118]

[1255] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1256] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1257] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118 or -89, -50 or -21, +2 or +31, +70 or +99]

[1258] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-99 or -70, -31 or -2, +21 or +50, +89 or +118]

[1259] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -120 and +119, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -119 and +120.

[1260] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-118, -50, +2, +70], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-70, -2, +50, +118].

[1261] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1262] (Example 24. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1263] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1264] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, +2]

[1265] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108, +11]

[1266] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, +31]

[1267] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-79, +41]

[1268] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1269] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-41, +79]

[1270] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-31, +89]

[1271] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-12, +108]

[1272] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-2, +118]

[1273] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[2, 12, 31, 41, 60, 79, 89, 108, 118].

[1274] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1275] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, -41, +2, +79]

[1276] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108, -31, +12, +89]

[1277] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, -12, +31, +108]

[1278] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-79, -2, +41, +118]

[1279] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1280] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1281] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118 or -89, -41 or -12, +2 or +31, +79 or +108]

[1282] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108 or -79, -31 or -2, +12 or +41, +89 or +118]

[1283] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -120 and +119, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -119 and +120.

[1284] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-118, -41, +2, +79], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-79, -2, +41, +118].

[1285] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1286] (Example 25. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1287] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -4, -3, 0, +3, +4, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1288] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, +2]

[1289] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108, +12]

[1290] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-98, +22]

[1291] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-88, +32]

[1292] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-60, +60]

[1293] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-32, +88]

[1294] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-22, +98]

[1295] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-12, +108]

[1296] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-2, +118]

[1297] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[2, 12, 22, 32, 60, 88, 98, 108, 118].

[1298] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1299] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118, -32, +2, +88]

[1300] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108, -22, +12, +98]

[1301] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-98, -12, +22, +108]

[1302] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-88, -2, +32, +118]

[1303] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1304] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[119, 120].

[1305] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-118 or -98, -32 or -12, +2 or +22, +88 or +108]

[1306] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-108 or -88, -22 or -2, +12 or +32, +98 or +118]

[1307] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -120 and +119, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -119 and +120.

[1308] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-118, -32, +2, +88], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-88, -2, +32, +118].

[1309] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1310] (Example 26. Applying the same shift to some DRUs)

[1311] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the above-described method 1-6, if a -3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 4, no shift is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5, and a +3 shift value is applied to the pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6 to 26-tone DRU 9, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1312] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-92, +30]

[1313] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-91, +31]

[1314] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, +32]

[1315] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-89, +33]

[1316] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1317] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-33, +89]

[1318] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-32, +90]

[1319] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-31, +91]

[1320] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-30, +92]

[1321] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[30, 31, 32, 33, 61, 89, 90, 91, 92].

[1322] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1323] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-92, -33, +30, +89]

[1324] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-91, -32, +31, +90]

[1325] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, -31, +32, +91]

[1326] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-89, -30, +33, +92]

[1327] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1328] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1329] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-92 or -90, -33 or -31, +30 or +32, +89 or +91]

[1330] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-91 or -89, -32 or -30, +31 or +33, +90 or +92]

[1331] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1332] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-92, -33, +30, +89], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-89, -30, +33, +92]. Although the pilot tones are evenly distributed within a DRU, similar pilot tones may be configured between DRUs.

[1333] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1334] (Example 27. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1335] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +3, and +4 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1336] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-101, +21]

[1337] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-91, +31]

[1338] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-81, +41]

[1339] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, +51]

[1340] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1341] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-51, +71]

[1342] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-41, +81]

[1343] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-31, +91]

[1344] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-21, +101]

[1345] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 91, 101].

[1346] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1347] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-101, -51, +21, +71]

[1348] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-91, -41, +31, +81]

[1349] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-81, -31, +41, +91]

[1350] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, -21, +51, +101]

[1351] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1352] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1353] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-101 or -81, -51 or -31, +21 or +41, +71 or +91]

[1354] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-91 or -71, -41 or -21, +31 or +51, +81 or +101]

[1355] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1356] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-101, -51, +21, +71], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-71, -21, +51, +101].

[1357] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1358] (Example 28. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1359] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1360] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-110, +12]

[1361] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100, +22]

[1362] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, +32]

[1363] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-80, +42]

[1364] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1365] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-42, +80]

[1366] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-32, +90]

[1367] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-22, +100]

[1368] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-12, +110]

[1369] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[12, 22, 32, 42, 61, 80, 90, 100, 110].

[1370] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1371] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-110, -42, +12, +80]

[1372] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100, -32, +22, +90]

[1373] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, -22, +32, +100]

[1374] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-80, -12, +42, +110]

[1375] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1376] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1377] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-110 or -90, -42 or -22, +12 or +32, +80 or +100]

[1378] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100 or -80, -32 or -12, +22 or +42, +90 or +110]

[1379] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1380] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-110, -42, +12, +80], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-80, -12, +42, +110].

[1381] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1382] (Example 28-1. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1383] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -5, -4, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +4, and +5 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1384] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-110, +12]

[1385] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100, +22]

[1386] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-81, +41]

[1387] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, +51]

[1388] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1389] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-51, +71]

[1390] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-41, +81]

[1391] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-22, +100]

[1392] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-12, +110]

[1393] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[12, 22, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 100, 110].

[1394] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1395] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-110, -51, +12, +71]

[1396] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100, -41, +22, +81]

[1397] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-81, -22, +41, +100]

[1398] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, -12, +51, +110]

[1399] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1400] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1401] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-110 or -81, -51 or -22, +12 or +41, +71 or +100]

[1402] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100 or -71, -41 or -12, +22 or +51, +81 or +110]

[1403] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1404] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-110, -51, +12, +71], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-71, -12, +51, +110].

[1405] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1406] (Example 28-2. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1407] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -2, -1, 0, +1, +2, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1408] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, +3]

[1409] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109, +13]

[1410] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-81, +41]

[1411] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, +51]

[1412] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1413] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-51, +71]

[1414] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-41, +81]

[1415] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-13, +109]

[1416] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-3, +119]

[1417] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[3, 13, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 109, 119].

[1418] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1419] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, -51, +3, +71]

[1420] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109, -41, +13, +81]

[1421] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-81, -13, +41, +109]

[1422] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, -3, +51, +119]

[1423] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1424] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1425] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119 or -81, -51 or -13, +3 or +41, +71 or +109]

[1426] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109 or -71, -41 or -3, +13 or +51, +81 or +119]

[1427] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1428] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-119, -51, +3, +71], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-71, -3, +51, +119].

[1429] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1430] (Example 28-3. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1431] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -6, -4, -3, -1, 0, +1, +3, +4, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1432] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, +3]

[1433] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100, +22]

[1434] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, +32]

[1435] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, +51]

[1436] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1437] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-51, +71]

[1438] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-32, +90]

[1439] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-22, +100]

[1440] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-3, +119]

[1441] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[3, 22, 32, 51, 61, 71, 90, 100, 119].

[1442] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1443] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, -51, +3, +71]

[1444] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100, -32, +22, +90]

[1445] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, -22, +32, +100]

[1446] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-71, -3, +51, +119]

[1447] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1448] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1449] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119 or -90, -51 or -22, +3 or +32, +71 or +100]

[1450] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-100 or -71, -32 or -3, +22 or +51, +90 or +119]

[1451] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1452] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-119, -51, +3, +71], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-71, -3, +51, +119].

[1453] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1454] (Example 29. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1455] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -3, -2, 0, +2, +3, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1456] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, +3]

[1457] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109, +13]

[1458] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, +32]

[1459] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-80, +42]

[1460] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1461] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-42, +80]

[1462] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-32, +90]

[1463] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-13, +109]

[1464] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-3, +119]

[1465] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[3, 13, 32, 42, 61, 80, 90, 109, 119].

[1466] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1467] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, -42, +3, +80]

[1468] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109, -32, +13, +90]

[1469] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, -13, +32, +109]

[1470] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-80, -3, +42, +119]

[1471] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1472] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1473] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119 or -90, -42 or -13, +3 or +32, +80 or +109]

[1474] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109 or -80, -32 or -3, +13 or +42, +90 or +119]

[1475] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1476] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-119, -42, +3, +80], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-80, -3, +42, +119].

[1477] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1478] (Example 30. When different shift values ​​are applied to all DRUs)

[1479] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -6, -5, -4, -3, 0, +3, +4, +5, and +6 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1480] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, +3]

[1481] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109, +13]

[1482] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-99, +23]

[1483] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-89, +33]

[1484] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-61, +61]

[1485] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-33, +89]

[1486] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-23, +99]

[1487] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-13, +109]

[1488] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-3, +119]

[1489] That is, for that 20MHz DRU tone plan, all DRUs can be based on pilot tones +-[3, 13, 23, 33, 61, 89, 99, 109, 119].

[1490] Additionally, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 52-tone DRU may be as follows:

[1491] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119, -33, +3, +89]

[1492] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109, -23, +13, +99]

[1493] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-99, -13, +23, +109]

[1494] - Pilot tone of 52-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-89, -3, +33, +119]

[1495] Through this, the 52-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1496] Additionally, the tone indices of the pilot tones for each 106-tone DRU may be as follows. In this regard, the additional two tones for configuring the 106-tone DRU may be two of +-[2, 120].

[1497] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-119 or -99, -33 or -13, +3 or +23, +89 or +109]

[1498] - Pilot tone of 106-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-109 or -89, -23 or -3, +13 or +33, +99 or +119]

[1499] A 106-tone DRU can select four of the eight pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRUs that comprise the 106-tone DRU as pilot tones, and the remaining four can be used as data tones. In this regard, for power boosting gain, the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 1 can be -2 and +120, and the two additional tones for 106-tone DRU 2 can be -120 and +2.

[1500] For example, the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 1 may be [-119, -33, +3, +89], and the pilot tones of a 106-tone DRU 2 may be [-89, -3, +33, +119].

[1501] Through this, the 106-tone DRU can be composed of evenly distributed tones and sufficiently distributed tones.

[1502] Additionally or alternatively, in the aforementioned 26-tone DRU tone plan schemes (e.g., schemes 1-1 to 1-6), pilot tones such as the following examples may be considered for the 26-tone DRU, the 52-tone DRU, and the 106-tone DRU. The pilot tone of the 52-tone DRU may be defined / configured based on the pilot tones of the 26-tone DRUs constituting the DRU. Furthermore, the pilot tone of the 106-tone DRU may be defined / configured by selecting four of the pilot tones of the 52-tone DRUs constituting the DRU, and the remaining four pilot tones may be converted into data tones.

[1503] The examples below illustrate a method of maintaining the most consistent distance between pilot tones, in which case the pilot tones can be evenly distributed not only within all DRUs, but also between all DRUs.

[1504] (Example 31-1)

[1505] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -5, +1, -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1506] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, +13]

[1507] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-56, +68]

[1508] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-101, +24]

[1509] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-45, +80]

[1510] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-90, +35]

[1511] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-34, +91]

[1512] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-79, +46]

[1513] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +102]

[1514] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-67, +57]

[1515] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1516] (Example 31-2)

[1517] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-1, when shift values ​​of -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1, +5, and 0 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1518] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103, +22]

[1519] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-47, +78]

[1520] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +33]

[1521] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-36, +89]

[1522] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-81, +44]

[1523] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-25, +100]

[1524] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-70, +55]

[1525] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +111]

[1526] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-58, +66]

[1527] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1528] (Example 32-1)

[1529] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -5, +1, -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1530] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-113, +15]

[1531] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-58, +70]

[1532] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-102, +26]

[1533] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-47, +81]

[1534] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-91, +37]

[1535] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-36, +92]

[1536] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-80, +48]

[1537] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-25, +103]

[1538] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-69, +59]

[1539] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1540] (Example 32-2)

[1541] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-2, when shift values ​​of -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1, +5, and 0 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1542] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-104, +24]

[1543] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-49, +79]

[1544] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-93, +35]

[1545] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-38, +90]

[1546] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-82, +46]

[1547] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-27, +101]

[1548] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-71, +57]

[1549] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-16, +112]

[1550] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-60, +68]

[1551] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1552] (Example 33-1)

[1553] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -5, +1, -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU can be as follows.

[1554] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-112, +14]

[1555] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-57, +69]

[1556] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-101, +25]

[1557] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-46, +80]

[1558] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-90, +36]

[1559] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-35, +91]

[1560] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-79, +47]

[1561] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-24, +102]

[1562] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-68, +58]

[1563] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1564] (Example 33-2)

[1565] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-3, when shift values ​​of -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1, +5, and 0 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1566] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-103, +23]

[1567] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-48, +78]

[1568] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-92, +34]

[1569] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-37, +89]

[1570] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-81, +45]

[1571] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-26, +100]

[1572] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-70, +56]

[1573] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-16, +111]

[1574] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-59, +67]

[1575] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1576] (Example 34-1)

[1577] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -5, +1, -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU can be as follows.

[1578] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-111, +13]

[1579] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-56, +68]

[1580] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-100, +24]

[1581] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-45, +79]

[1582] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-89, +35]

[1583] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-34, +90]

[1584] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-78, +46]

[1585] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-23, +101]

[1586] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-67, +57]

[1587] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1588] (Example 34-2)

[1589] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-4, when shift values ​​of -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1, +5, and 0 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU can be as follows.

[1590] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-102, +22]

[1591] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-47, +77]

[1592] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-91, +33]

[1593] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-36, +88]

[1594] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-80, +44]

[1595] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-25, +99]

[1596] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-69, +55]

[1597] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-14, +110]

[1598] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-58, +66]

[1599] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1600] (Example 35-1)

[1601] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -5, +1, -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1602] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-109, +11]

[1603] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-54, +66]

[1604] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-98, +22]

[1605] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-43, +77]

[1606] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-87, +33]

[1607] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-32, +88]

[1608] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-76, +44]

[1609] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-21, +99]

[1610] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-65, +55]

[1611] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1612] (Example 35-2)

[1613] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-5, when shift values ​​of -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1, +5, and 0 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1614] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-100, +20]

[1615] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-45, +75]

[1616] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-89, +31]

[1617] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-34, +86]

[1618] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-78, +42]

[1619] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-23, +97]

[1620] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-67, +53]

[1621] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-12, +108]

[1622] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-56, +64]

[1623] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1624] (Example 36-1)

[1625] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -5, +1, -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU may be as follows.

[1626] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-110, +12]

[1627] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-55, +67]

[1628] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-99, +23]

[1629] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-44, +78]

[1630] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-88, +34]

[1631] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-33, +89]

[1632] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-77, +45]

[1633] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-22, +100]

[1634] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-66, +56]

[1635] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1636] (Example 36-2)

[1637] Based on the 26-tone DRU tone plan of the aforementioned method 1-6, when shift values ​​of -4, +2, -3, +3, -2, +4, -1, +5, and 0 are applied to the pilot tones of 26-tone DRU 1 to 26-tone DRU 9, respectively, the tone index of the pilot tone for each 26-tone DRU can be as follows.

[1638] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-101, +21]

[1639] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-46, +76]

[1640] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-90, +32]

[1641] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-35, +87]

[1642] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-79, +43]

[1643] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-24, +98]

[1644] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-68, +54]

[1645] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-13, +109]

[1646] - Pilot tone of 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-57, +65]

[1647] Based on this, all DRUs can be based on the aforementioned pilot tones.

[1648] Additionally, with respect to Examples 31 to 36 described above, the 52-ton DRU may be configured as a combination of the following 26-ton DRUs. Such combination configurations may be applicable to other examples of the present disclosure.

[1649] - 52-ton DRU 1: Combination of 26-ton DRU 1 and 26-ton DRU 5

[1650] - 52-ton DRU 2: Combination of 26-ton DRU 2 and 26-ton DRU 6

[1651] - 52-ton DRU 3: Combination of 26-ton DRU 3 and 26-ton DRU 7

[1652] - 52-ton DRU 4: Combination of 26-ton DRU 4 and 26-ton DRU 8

[1653] In addition, the 106-tone DRU may be defined as a combination of two 52-tone DRUs and a null tone as described in the above-described manner (e.g., embodiment 1-3), but may additionally or alternatively be configured with a combination of other null tones. The pilot tones of the 106-tone DRU may be selected as four pilot tones among the eight pilot tones of the two 52-tone DRUs used in the configuration of the DRU, and the remaining four may be converted into data tones. In this case, a method of selecting one of two pilot tones that are relatively close to each other as a pilot tone and converting the other one into a data tone may be applied.

[1654] Additionally, tone plans and pilot tones based on various shift methods / values ​​other than the examples described above can be configured / defined.

[1655] (Example 1-7)

[1656] This embodiment is for the tone index of each DRU when the DRU is applied within each 20 MHz in a bandwidth exceeding 40 MHz (e.g., a bandwidth of 80 MHz or more).

[1657] In the examples below, the set of tone indices contained in each of the one or more DRUs for a channel of x MHz in a bandwidth of y MHz may be denoted as S_x_y.

[1658] Additionally, with respect to the examples below, a separate tone shift value may be additionally applied to take into account performance improvements, tone plans / layouts of existing 242-tone RRUs, etc.

[1659] First, the tone index (S_20_40) at a specific 20 MHz in the 40 MHz bandwidth can be defined as follows.

[1660] Tone index of the first 20 MHz within the 40 MHz bandwidth (1st S_20_40): DRU tone index defined in the aforementioned 20 MHz - 128

[1661] Tone index of the second 20 MHz within the 40 MHz bandwidth (2nd S_20_40): DRU tone index defined at 20 MHz above + 128

[1662] For example, it could be expressed as follows:

[1663] 1st S_20_40 = S_20_20 - 128; and

[1664] The second S_20_40 = S_20_20 + 128.

[1665] Next, the tone index (S_20_80) at a specific 20 MHz within the 80 MHz bandwidth can be defined as follows.

[1666] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the first 40 MHz (first S_20_80 and second S_20_80): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 40 MHz (first S_20_40 and second S_20_40) - 256

[1667] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the second 40 MHz (3rd S_20_80 and 4th S_20_80): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 40 MHz (1st S_20_40 and 2nd S_20_40) + 256

[1668] For example, it could be expressed as:

[1669] 1st S_20_80 = 1st S_20_40 - 256;

[1670] 2nd S_20_80 = 2nd S_20_40 - 256;

[1671] 3rd S_20_80 = 1st S_20_40 + 256; and

[1672] 4th S_20_80 = 2nd S_20_40 + 256.

[1673] Next, the tone index (S_20_160) at a specific 20 MHz in the 160 MHz bandwidth can be defined as follows.

[1674] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the first 80 MHz (1st S_20_160 to 4th S_20_160): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the above 80 MHz (1st S_20_80 to 4th S_20_80) - 512

[1675] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the second 80 MHz (5th S_20_160 to 8th S_20_160): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 80 MHz (1st S_20_80 to 4th S_20_80) + 512

[1676] For example, it could be expressed as:

[1677] 1st S_20_160 = 1st S_20_80 - ​​512;

[1678] 2nd S_20_160 = 2nd S_20_80 - ​​512;

[1679] 3rd S_20_160 = 3rd S_20_80 - ​​512;

[1680] 4th S_20_160 = 4th S_20_80 - ​​512;

[1681] 5th S_20_160 = 1st S_20_80 + 512;

[1682] 6th S_20_160 = 2nd S_20_80 + 512;

[1683] 7th S_20_160 = 3rd S_20_80 + 512; and

[1684] 8th S_20_160 = 4th S_20_80 + 512.

[1685] Next, the tone index (S_20_240) at a specific 20 MHz within the 240 MHz bandwidth can be defined as follows.

[1686] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the first 80 MHz (1st S_20_240 to 4th S_20_240): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the above 80 MHz (1st S_20_80 to 4th S_20_80) - 1024

[1687] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the second 80 MHz (5th S_20_240 to 8th S_20_240): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 80 MHz (1st S_20_80 to 4th S_20_80)

[1688] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the third 80 MHz (9th S_20_240 to 12th S_20_240): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 80 MHz (1st S_20_80 to 4th S_20_80) + 1024

[1689] For example, it could be expressed as:

[1690] 1st S_20_240 = 1st S_20_80 - ​​1024;

[1691] 2nd S_20_240 = 2nd S_20_80 - ​​1024;

[1692] 3rd S_20_240 = 3rd S_20_80 - ​​1024;

[1693] 4th S_20_240 = 4th S_20_80 - ​​1024;

[1694] 5th S_20_240 = 1st S_20_80;

[1695] 6th S_20_240 = 2nd S_20_80;

[1696] 7th S_20_240 = 3rd S_20_80;

[1697] 8th S_20_240 = 4th S_20_80;

[1698] 9th S_20_240 = 1st S_20_80 + 1024;

[1699] 10th S_20_240 = 2nd S_20_80 + 1024;

[1700] 11th S_20_240 = 3rd S_20_80 + 1024; and

[1701] 12th S_20_240 = 4th S_20_80 + 1024.

[1702] Next, the tone index (S_20_320) at a specific 20 MHz within the 320 MHz bandwidth can be defined as follows.

[1703] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the first 160 MHz (1st S_20_320 to 8th S_20_320): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 160 MHz (1st S_20_160 to 8th S_20_160) - 1024

[1704] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the second 160 MHz (9th S_20_320 to 16th S_20_320): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 160 MHz (1st S_20_160 to 8th S_20_160) + 1024

[1705] For example, it could be expressed as:

[1706] 1st S_20_320 = 1st S_20_160 - 1024;

[1707] 2nd S_20_320 = 2nd S_20_160 - 1024;

[1708] 3rd S_20_320 = 3rd S_20_160 - 1024;

[1709] 4th S_20_320 = 4th S_20_160 - 1024;

[1710] 5th S_20_320 = 5th S_20_160 - 1024;

[1711] 6th S_20_320 = 6th S_20_160 - 1024;

[1712] 7th S_20_320 = 7th S_20_160 - 1024;

[1713] 8th S_20_320 = 8th S_20_160 - 1024;

[1714] 9th S_20_320 = 1st S_20_160 + 1024;

[1715] 10th S_20_320 = 2nd S_20_160 + 1024;

[1716] 11th S_20_320 = 3rd S_20_160 + 1024;

[1717] 12th S_20_320 = 4th S_20_160 + 1024;

[1718] 13th S_20_320 = 5th S_20_160 + 1024;

[1719] 14th S_20_320 = 6th S_20_160 + 1024;

[1720] 15th S_20_320 = 7th S_20_160 + 1024; and

[1721] 16th S_20_320 = 8th S_20_160 + 1024.

[1722] Next, the tone index (S_20_480) at a specific 20 MHz within the 480 MHz bandwidth can be defined as follows.

[1723] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the first 160 MHz (1st S_20_480 to 8th S_20_480): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 160 MHz (1st S_20_160 to 8th S_20_160) - 2048

[1724] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the second 160 MHz (9th S_20_480 to 16th S_20_480): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 160 MHz (1st S_20_160 to 8th S_20_160)

[1725] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the third 160 MHz (17th S_20_480 to 24th S_20_480): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 160 MHz (1st S_20_160 to 8th S_20_160) + 2048

[1726] For example, it could be expressed as:

[1727] 1st S_20_480 = 1st S_20_160 - 2048;

[1728] 2nd S_20_480 = 2nd S_20_160 - 2048;

[1729] 3rd S_20_480 = 3rd S_20_160 - 2048;

[1730] 4th S_20_480 = 4th S_20_160 - 2048;

[1731] 5th S_20_480 = 5th S_20_160 - 2048;

[1732] 6th S_20_480 = 6th S_20_160 - 2048;

[1733] 7th S_20_480 = 7th S_20_160 - 2048;

[1734] 8th S_20_480 = 8th S_20_160 - 2048;

[1735] 9th S_20_480 = 1st S_20_160;

[1736] 10th S_20_480 = 2nd S_20_160;

[1737] 11th S_20_480 = 3rd S_20_160;

[1738] 12th S_20_480 = 4th S_20_160;

[1739] 13th S_20_480 = 5th S_20_160;

[1740] 14th S_20_480 = 6th S_20_160;

[1741] 15th S_20_480 = 7th S_20_160;

[1742] 16th S_20_480 = 8th S_20_160;

[1743] 17th S_20_480 = 1st S_20_160 + 2048;

[1744] 18th S_20_480 = 2nd S_20_160 + 2048;

[1745] 19th S_20_480 = 3rd S_20_160 + 2048;

[1746] 20th S_20_480 = 4th S_20_160 + 2048;

[1747] 21st S_20_480 = 5th S_20_160 + 2048;

[1748] 22nd S_20_480 = 6th S_20_160 + 2048;

[1749] 23rd S_20_480 = 7th S_20_160 + 2048; and

[1750] 24th S_20_480 = 8th S_20_160 + 2048.

[1751] Next, the tone index (S_20_640) at a specific 20 MHz in the 640 MHz bandwidth can be defined as follows.

[1752] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the first 320 MHz (1st S_20_640 to 16th S_20_320): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 320 MHz (1st S_20_320 to 16th S_20_320) - 2048

[1753] Tone index of each 20 MHz within the second 320 MHz (17th S_20_640 to 32nd S_20_640): DRU tone index of each 20 MHz defined in the aforementioned 320 MHz (1st S_20_320 to 16th S_20_320) + 2048

[1754] For example, it could be expressed as:

[1755] 1st S_20_640 = 1st S_20_320 - 2048;

[1756] 2nd S_20_640 = 2nd S_20_320 - 2048;

[1757] 3rd S_20_640 = 3rd S_20_320 - 2048;

[1758] 4th S_20_640 = 4th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1759] 5th S_20_640 = 5th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1760] 6th S_20_640 = 6th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1761] 7th S_20_640 = 7th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1762] 8th S_20_640 = 8th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1763] 9th S_20_640 = 9th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1764] 10th S_20_640 = 10th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1765] 11th S_20_640 = 11th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1766] 12th S_20_640 = 12th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1767] 13th S_20_640 = 13th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1768] 14th S_20_640 = 14th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1769] 15th S_20_640 = 15th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1770] 16th S_20_640 = 16th S_20_320 - 2048;

[1771] 17th S_20_640 = 1st S_20_320 + 2048;

[1772] 18th S_20_640 = 2nd S_20_320 + 2048;

[1773] 19th S_20_640 = 3rd S_20_320 + 2048;

[1774] 20th S_20_640 = 4th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1775] 21st S_20_640 = 5th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1776] 22nd S_20_640 = 6th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1777] 23rd S_20_640 = 7th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1778] 24th S_20_640 = 8th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1779] 25th S_20_640 = 9th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1780] 26th S_20_640 = 10th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1781] 27th S_20_640 = 11th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1782] 28th S_20_640 = 12th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1783] 29th S_20_640 = 13th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1784] 30th S_20_640 = 14th S_20_320 + 2048;

[1785] 31st S_20_640 = 15th S_20_320 + 2048; and

[1786] 32nd S_20_640 = 16th S_20_320 + 2048.

[1787] Example 2

[1788] This embodiment relates to a method for defining tone plans for 26-tone DRUs, 52-tone DRUs, 106-tone DRUs, and 242-tone DRUs, with respect to DRU tone plans in bandwidths / channels of 40 MHz or more.

[1789] In this disclosure, a DRU tone plan within each 40MHz is proposed in a bandwidth / channel situation of 40MHz or more, and is basically explained on the premise that the same size and number of DRUs as the existing 40MHz RRU tone plan in the bandwidth / channel of 40MHz or more are defined (except for 484-tone DRUs). In the description of the following methods, the guard tones and / or DC tones in the same number and positions as the existing ones may be based on the 40MHz tone plan of FIG. 9 described above.

[1790] Additionally, a definition of null tones is required, some of which can be converted into data tones when configuring a 106-tone DRU, and the remaining null tones can be converted into data tones when configuring a 242-tone DRU. In the following, for convenience of explanation, the null tones converted into data tones when configuring a 106-tone DRU are named null tone type 1, and the null tones converted into data tones when configuring a 242-tone DRU are named null tone type 2.

[1791] In this regard, the present disclosure proposes a DRU tone plan considering the following four null tone groups ( / methods). Each null tone group may include tones of null tone type 1 and tones of null tone type 2. By utilizing the new null tone groups other than the conventional null tone groups (e.g., based on the tone plan of FIG. 9), the maximum power boosting gain can be obtained in all DRUs.

[1792] - Existing null tone group

[1793] Null Tone Type 1: Tone Index [-191, -190, -57, -56, 56, 57, 190, 191]

[1794] Null Tone Type 2: Tone Indices [-244, -137, -110, -3, 3, 110, 137, 244]

[1795] - Proposed Null Tone Group 1

[1796] Null Tone Type 1: Tone Index [-10, -9, -8, -7, 7, 8, 9, 10]

[1797] Null Tone Type 2: Tone Indices [-6, -5, -4, -3, 3, 4, 5, 6]

[1798] - Proposed Null Tone Group 2

[1799] Null Tone Type 1: Tone Index [-244, -243, -242, -241, 241, 242, 243, 244]

[1800] Null Tone Type 2: Tone Indices [-6, -5, -4, -3, 3, 4, 5, 6]

[1801] - Proposed Null Tone Group 3

[1802] Null Tone Type 1: Tone Index [-240, -239, -238, -237, 237, 238, 239, 240]

[1803] Null Tone Type 2: Tone Indices [-244, -243, -242, -241, 241, 242, 243, 244]

[1804] In the aforementioned null tone groups (especially, proposed null tone group 1, proposed null tone group 2, and proposed null tone group 3), null tone type 1 and null tone type 2 may be used interchangeably. However, since the DC offset and the interference effects of adjacent channels can be more easily overcome in the 242-tone DRU than in the 106-tone DRU, the proposed null tone type 1 and null tone type 2 may be considered as is. That is, the null tone type 1 assigned to the 106-tone DRU may be set to a position further from the 20MHz boundary or further from DC than the null tone type 2 assigned to the 242-tone DRU. In particular, since the DC offset may be a more influential factor from a performance perspective in the proposed null tone group 2, the null tone type 2 may be set to a tone around DC rather than at the 20MHz boundary. That is, null tone type 2 assigned to the 242-tone DRU can be set to a tone around DC with greater influence, and null tone type 1 assigned to the 106-tone DRU can be set to a tone around the 20MHz boundary with less influence.

[1805] (Example 2-1)

[1806] This embodiment describes various methods for defining a tone plan for a 26-tone DRU for bandwidths / channels exceeding 40 MHz. Regarding DRU tone plans for bandwidths / channels exceeding 40 MHz, at least one of the following methods may be applied.

[1807] A 26-tone DRU tone plan can be defined by considering the remaining available tones (i.e., available tones) excluding guard tones, DC tones, and null tones, and can be defined based on the null tone group utilized as follows: One tone can be assigned to each of the 18 26-tone DRUs, starting from the lowest available tone.

[1808] (Method 2-1)

[1809] A specific tone plan for 18 26-tone DRUs based on the existing null tone groups could be as follows:

[1810] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone indices [-243, -225, -207, -187, -169, -151, -132, -114, -95, -77, -59, -39, -21, 4, 22, 40, 60, 78, 96, 115, 133, 152, 170, 188, 208, 226]

[1811] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone indices [-242, -224, -206, -186, -168, -150, -131, -113, -94, -76, -58, -38, -20, 5, 23, 41, 61, 79, 97, 116, 134, 153, 171, 189, 209, 227]

[1812] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone indices [-241, -223, -205, -185, -167, -149, -130, -112, -93, -75, -55, -37, -19, 6, 24, 42, 62, 80, 98, 117, 135, 154, 172, 192, 210, 228]

[1813] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone indices [-240, -222, -204, -184, -166, -148, -129, -111, -92, -74, -54, -36, -18, 7, 25, 43, 63, 81, 99, 118, 136, 155, 173, 193, 211, 229]

[1814] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone indices [-239, -221, -203, -183, -165, -147, -128, -109, -91, -73, -53, -35, -17, 8, 26, 44, 64, 82, 100, 119, 138, 156, 174, 194, 212, 230]

[1815] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone indices [-238, -220, -202, -182, -164, -146, -127, -108, -90, -72, -52, -34, -16, 9, 27, 45, 65, 83, 101, 120, 139, 157, 175, 195, 213, 231]

[1816] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone indices [-237, -219, -201, -181, -163, -145, -126, -107, -89, -71, -51, -33, -15, 10, 28, 46, 66, 84, 102, 121, 140, 158, 176, 196, 214, 232]

[1817] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone indices [-236, -218, -200, -180, -162, -144, -125, -106, -88, -70, -50, -32, -14, 11, 29, 47, 67, 85, 103, 122, 141, 159, 177, 197, 215, 233]

[1818] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone indices [-235, -217, -199, -179, -161, -143, -124, -105, -87, -69, -49, -31, -13, 12, 30, 48, 68, 86, 104, 123, 142, 160, 178, 198, 216, 234]

[1819] - 26-tone DRU 10: Tone indices [-234, -216, -198, -178, -160, -142, -123, -104, -86, -68, -48, -30, -12, 13, 31, 49, 69, 87, 105, 124, 143, 161, 179, 199, 217, 235]

[1820] - 26-tone DRU 11: Tone indices [-233, -215, -197, -177, -159, -141, -122, -103, -85, -67, -47, -29, -11, 14, 32, 50, 70, 88, 106, 125, 144, 162, 180, 200, 218, 236]

[1821] - 26-tone DRU 12: Tone indices [-232, -214, -196, -176, -158, -140, -121, -102, -84, -66, -46, -28, -10, 15, 33, 51, 71, 89, 107, 126, 145, 163, 181, 201, 219, 237]

[1822] - 26-tone DRU 13: Tone indices [-231, -213, -195, -175, -157, -139, -120, -101, -83, -65, -45, -27, -9, 16, 34, 52, 72, 90, 108, 127, 146, 164, 182, 202, 220, 238]

[1823] - 26-tone DRU 14: Tone indices [-230, -212, -194, -174, -156, -138, -119, -100, -82, -64, -44, -26, -8, 17, 35, 53, 73, 91, 109, 128, 147, 165, 183, 203, 221, 239]

[1824] - 26-tone DRU 15: Tone index [-229, -211, -193, -173, -155, -136, -118, -99, -81, -63, -43, -25, -7, 18, 36, 54, 74, 92, 111, 129, 148, 166, 184, 204, 222, 240]

[1825] - 26-tone DRU 16: Tone indices [-228, -210, -192, -172, -154, -135, -117, -98, -80, -62, -42, -24, -6, 19, 37, 55, 75, 93, 112, 130, 149, 167, 185, 205, 223, 241]

[1826] - 26-tone DRU 17: Tone indices [-227, -209, -189, -171, -153, -134, -116, -97, -79, -61, -41, -23, -5, 20, 38, 58, 76, 94, 113, 131, 150, 168, 186, 206, 224, 242]

[1827] - 26-tone DRU 18: Tone indices [-226, -208, -188, -170, -152, -133, -115, -96, -78, -60, -40, -22, -4, 21, 39, 59, 77, 95, 114, 132, 151, 169, 187, 207, 225, 243]

[1828] (Method 2-2)

[1829] A specific tone plan for 18 26-ton DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 1 could be as follows.

[1830] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-244:18:-28, 11:18:227]

[1831] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-243:18:-27, 12:18:228]

[1832] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-242:18:-26, 13:18:229]

[1833] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-241:18:-25, 14:18:230]

[1834] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-240:18:-24, 15:18:231]

[1835] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-239:18:-23, 16:18:232]

[1836] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-238:18:-22, 17:18:233]

[1837] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-237:18:-21, 18:18:234]

[1838] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-236:18:-20, 19:18:235]

[1839] - 26-tone DRU 10: Tone index [-235:18:-19, 20:18:236]

[1840] - 26-tone DRU 11: Tone index [-234:18:-18, 21:18:237]

[1841] - 26-tone DRU 12: Tone index [-233:18:-17, 22:18:238]

[1842] - 26-tone DRU 13: Tone index [-232:18:-16, 23:18:239]

[1843] - 26-tone DRU 14: Tone index [-231:18:-15, 24:18:240]

[1844] - 26-tone DRU 15: Tone index [-230:18:-14, 25:18:241]

[1845] - 26-tone DRU 16: Tone index [-229:18:-13, 26:18:242]

[1846] - 26-tone DRU 17: Tone index [-228:18:-12, 27:18:243]

[1847] - 26-tone DRU 18: tone index [-227:18:-11, 28:18:244]

[1848] (Method 2-3)

[1849] A specific tone plan for 18 26-ton DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 2 could be as follows.

[1850] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-240:18:-24, 7:18:223]

[1851] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-239:18:-23, 8:18:224]

[1852] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-238:18:-22, 9:18:225]

[1853] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-237:18:-21, 10:18:226]

[1854] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-236:18:-20, 11:18:227]

[1855] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-235:18:-19, 12:18:228]

[1856] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-234:18:-18, 13:18:229]

[1857] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-233:18:-17, 14:18:230]

[1858] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-232:18:-16, 15:18:231]

[1859] - 26-tone DRU 10: Tone index [-231:18:-15, 16:18:232]

[1860] - 26-tone DRU 11: Tone index [-230:18:-14, 17:18:233]

[1861] - 26-tone DRU 12: Tone index [-229:18:-13, 18:18:234]

[1862] - 26-tone DRU 13: Tone index [-228:18:-12, 19:18:235]

[1863] - 26-tone DRU 14: Tone index [-227:18:-11, 20:18:236]

[1864] - 26-tone DRU 15: Tone index [-226:18:-10, 21:18:237]

[1865] - 26-tone DRU 16: Tone index [-225:18:-9, 22:18:238]

[1866] - 26-tone DRU 17: Tone index [-224:18:-8, 23:18:239]

[1867] - 26-tone DRU 18: Tone index [-223:18:-7, 24:18:240]

[1868] (Method 2-4)

[1869] A specific tone plan for 18 26-ton DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 3 could be as follows.

[1870] - 26-tone DRU 1: Tone index [-236:18:-20, 3:18:219]

[1871] - 26-tone DRU 2: Tone index [-235:18:-19, 4:18:220]

[1872] - 26-tone DRU 3: Tone index [-234:18:-18, 5:18:221]

[1873] - 26-tone DRU 4: Tone index [-233:18:-17, 6:18:222]

[1874] - 26-tone DRU 5: Tone index [-232:18:-16, 7:18:223]

[1875] - 26-tone DRU 6: Tone index [-231:18:-15, 8:18:224]

[1876] - 26-tone DRU 7: Tone index [-230:18:-14, 9:18:225]

[1877] - 26-tone DRU 8: Tone index [-229:18:-13, 10:18:226]

[1878] - 26-tone DRU 9: Tone index [-228:18:-12, 11:18:227]

[1879] - 26-tone DRU 10: Tone index [-227:18:-11, 12:18:228]

[1880] - 26-tone DRU 11: Tone index [-226:18:-10, 13:18:229]

[1881] - 26-tone DRU 12: Tone index [-225:18:-9, 14:18:230]

[1882] - 26-tone DRU 13: Tone index [-224:18:-8, 15:18:231]

[1883] - 26-tone DRU 14: Tone index [-223:18:-7, 16:18:232]

[1884] - 26-tone DRU 15: Tone index [-222:18:-6, 17:18:233]

[1885] - 26-tone DRU 16: Tone index [-221:18:-5, 18:18:234]

[1886] - 26-tone DRU 17: Tone index [-220:18:-4, 19:18:235]

[1887] - 26-tone DRU 18: Tone index [-219:18:-3, 20:18:236]

[1888] (Example 2-2)

[1889] This embodiment is directed to a method for defining a tone plan for a 52-tone DRU for bandwidths / channels greater than 40 MHz.

[1890] A 52-tone DRU can be configured as a combination of two 26-tone DRUs (e.g., see Example 2-1) and can be defined as follows to maximize the power boosting gain by maximizing the tones distribution.

[1891] - 52-ton DRU 1: Combination of 26-ton DRU 1 and 26-ton DRU 10

[1892] - 52-ton DRU 2: Combination of 26-ton DRU 2 and 26-ton DRU 11

[1893] - 52-ton DRU 3: Combination of 26-ton DRU 3 and 26-ton DRU 12

[1894] - 52-ton DRU 4: Combination of 26-ton DRU 4 and 26-ton DRU 13

[1895] - 52-ton DRU 5: Combination of 26-ton DRU 6 and 26-ton DRU 15

[1896] - 52-ton DRU 6: Combination of 26-ton DRU 7 and 26-ton DRU 16

[1897] - 52-ton DRU 7: Combination of 26-ton DRU 8 and 26-ton DRU 17

[1898] - 52-ton DRU 8: Combination of 26-ton DRU 9 and 26-ton DRU 18

[1899] (Example 2-3)

[1900] This embodiment relates to a method for defining a tone plan for a 106-tone DRU for a bandwidth / channel of 40 MHz or more. The 106-tone DRU can be configured by combining two 52-tone DRUs and two null tones of null tone type 1. The 106-tone DRU tone plan can be defined as follows to maximize the power boosting gain based on the null tone group utilized.

[1901] (Method 2-A)

[1902] A specific tone plan for four 106-tone DRUs based on the existing null tone group could be as follows.

[1903] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 5, and tone index [-191, 56] or [-56, 191] or [-57, 190] or [-190, 57]

[1904] - 106-tone DRU 2: A combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 6, and tone indices [-190, 57] or [-191, 56] or [-56, 191] or [-57, 190].

[1905] - 106-tone DRU 3: A combination of 52-tone DRU 3, 52-tone DRU 7, and tone indices [-57, 190] or [-190, 57] or [-191, 56] or [-56, 191].

[1906] - 106-tone DRU 4: A combination of 52-tone DRU 4, 52-tone DRU 8, and tone indices [-56, 191] or [-57, 190] or [-190, 57] or [-191, 56].

[1907] (Method 2-B)

[1908] A specific tone plan for four 106-tone DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 1 could be as follows.

[1909] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 5 and tone index [-10, 7]

[1910] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 6, and tone index [-9, 8]

[1911] - 106-tone DRU 3: combination of 52-tone DRU 3, 52-tone DRU 7, and tone index [-8, 9]

[1912] - 106-tone DRU 4: combination of 52-tone DRU 4, 52-tone DRU 8, and tone index [-7, 10]

[1913] (Method 2-C)

[1914] A specific tone plan for four 106-tone DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 2 could be as follows.

[1915] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 5 and tone index [-244, 241]

[1916] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 6, and tone index [-243, 242]

[1917] - 106-tone DRU 3: combination of 52-tone DRU 3, 52-tone DRU 7, and tone index [-242, 243]

[1918] - 106-tone DRU 4: combination of 52-tone DRU 4, 52-tone DRU 8, and tone index [-241, 244]

[1919] (Method 2-D)

[1920] A specific tone plan for four 106-ton DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 3 could be as follows.

[1921] - 106-tone DRU 1: combination of 52-tone DRU 1, 52-tone DRU 5 and tone index [-240, 237]

[1922] - 106-tone DRU 2: combination of 52-tone DRU 2, 52-tone DRU 6, and tone index [-239, 238]

[1923] - 106-tone DRU 3: combination of 52-tone DRU 3, 52-tone DRU 7, and tone index [-238, 239]

[1924] - 106-tone DRU 4: combination of 52-tone DRU 4, 52-tone DRU 8 and tone index [-237, 240]

[1925] (Example 2-4)

[1926] This embodiment relates to a method for defining a tone plan for a 242-tone DRU for a bandwidth / channel of 40 MHz or more. The 242-tone DRU can be configured by combining two 106-tone DRUs, one 26-tone DRU (e.g., one of the 26-tone DRU 5 and 26-tone DRU 14 that are not used in the DRU configuration), and four null tones of null tone type 2. The 242-tone DRU tone plan can be defined as follows to maximize the power boosting gain based on the null tone group utilized.

[1927] (Method 2-E)

[1928] A specific tone plan for two 242-tone DRUs based on the existing null tone group could be as follows.

[1929] - 242-ton DRU 1: combination of 106-ton DRU 1, 106-ton DRU 3, 26-ton DRU 5 (or 26-ton DRU 14), and tone indices [-137, -3, 110, 244] or [-244, -110, 3, 137].

[1930] - 242-ton DRU 2: combination of 106-ton DRU 2, 106-ton DRU 4, 26-ton DRU 14 (or 26-ton DRU 5), and tone indices [-244, -110, 3, 137] or [-137, -3, 110, 244]

[1931] (Method 2-F)

[1932] A specific tone plan for two 242-tone DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 1 could be as follows.

[1933] - 242-ton DRU 1: combination of 106-ton DRU 1, 106-ton DRU 3, 26-ton DRU 5 (or 26-ton DRU 14), and tone index [-6, -4, 3, 5]

[1934] - 242-ton DRU 2: combination of 106-ton DRU 2, 106-ton DRU 4, 26-ton DRU 14 (or 26-ton DRU 5), and tone index [-5, -3, 4, 6]

[1935] (Method 2-G)

[1936] A specific tone plan for two 242-tone DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 2 could be as follows.

[1937] - 242-ton DRU 1: combination of 106-ton DRU 1, 106-ton DRU 3, 26-ton DRU 5 (or 26-ton DRU 14), and tone index [-6, -4, 3, 5]

[1938] - 242-ton DRU 2: combination of 106-ton DRU 2, 106-ton DRU 4, 26-ton DRU 14 (or 26-ton DRU 5), and tone index [-5, -3, 4, 6]

[1939] (Method 2-H)

[1940] A specific tone plan for two 242-tone DRUs based on the proposed null tone group 3 could be as follows.

[1941] - 242-ton DRU 1: combination of 106-ton DRU 1, 106-ton DRU 3, 26-ton DRU 5 (or 26-ton DRU 14), and tone index [-244, -242, 241, 243]

[1942] - 242-ton DRU 2: A combination of 106-ton DRU 2, 106-ton DRU 4, 26-ton DRU 14 (or 26-ton DRU 5), and tone indices [-243, -241, 242, 244].

[1943] (Example 2-5)

[1944] Instead of predefining the 52-ton DRU in the aforementioned Example 2-22 as including a fixed combination of tones of two 26-ton DRUs, various 52-ton DRUs may be created by combining tones of two 26-ton DRUs in any combination. Here, the 26-ton DRU may be defined as in Example 2-1 or may be defined in another manner.

[1945] Additionally or alternatively, instead of predefining the 106-ton DRU in the aforementioned embodiment 2-3 as including a fixed combination of tones of two 52-ton DRUs (or a fixed combination of four 26-ton DRUs), various 106-ton DRUs may be generated by combining tones of any combination of two 52-ton DRUs (or any combination of four 26-ton DRUs). Here, the 26-ton DRU / 52-ton DRU may be defined as in the embodiments 2-1 / 2-2 or may be defined in another manner. Furthermore, the two null tone combinations additionally included in the 106-ton DRU may be defined as described in the embodiment 2-3.

[1946] Additionally or alternatively, instead of predefining the 242-ton DRU in the aforementioned embodiment 2-4 as including a fixed combination of tones of two 106-ton DRUs and one 26-ton DRU (or a fixed combination of four 52-ton DRUs and one 26-ton DRU, or a fixed combination of nine 26-ton DRUs), various 242-ton DRUs may be created by combining tones of any combination of two 106-ton DRUs and one 26-ton DRU (or any combination of four 52-ton DRUs and one 26-ton DRU, or any combination of nine 26-ton DRUs). Here, the 26-ton DRU / 52-ton DRU / 106-ton DRU may be defined in the embodiments 2-1 / 2-2 / 2-3, or may be defined in another manner. Furthermore, for a 242-tone DRU, null tones can be additionally combined by selecting 4 tones of null tone type 1 (e.g., defining 8 null tones as null-1 to null-8 in order and assigning odd-numbered combinations and even-numbered combinations to each 242-tone DRU), and selecting 4 tones of null tone type 2 (e.g., defining 8 null tones as null-1 to null-8 in order and assigning odd-numbered combinations and even-numbered combinations to each 242-tone DRU).

[1947] This method of generating 52-tone DRUs, 106-tone DRUs and / or 242-tone DRUs (e.g., dynamically signaling the tones included in the corresponding DRUs) can be usefully applied when DRUs are shifted symbol-by-symbol to obtain diversity gain (e.g., when the subcarrier indices included in a specific DRU index in the first symbol are different from the subcarrier indices included in the same specific DRU index in the second symbol).

[1948] When the DRU index allocated to the STA is signaled using the existing RU allocation information (e.g., the SIG (e.g., U-SIG and / or UHR-SIG) field in the case of a DL OFDMA PPDU), a predefined mapping rule between the 26-tone RRU index and the 26-tone DRU index may be applied. For example, the mapping rule may be such that the DRU index-1 containing the lowest tone is mapped to the RRU-1 containing the lowest tone, and then the DRU containing the next lowest tone is mapped sequentially in ascending order of the RRU index. When the RRU-to-DRU mapping rule is defined in this way, multiple 26-tone RRU indexes can be indicated to the STA in order to allocate a 52-tone DRU, a 106-tone DRU, or a 242-tone DRU, and accordingly, the STA can determine which 26-tone DRUs the 52-tone DRU, the 106-tone DRU, or the 242-tone DRU allocated to it is mapped to. You can decide whether to include the included tones.

[1949] For example, 2 / 4 / 9 26-tone RRU indexes corresponding to 2 / 4 / 9 26-tone DRUs corresponding to 52-DRU / 106-tone DRU / 242-tone DRU can be indicated to one STA through RU allocation information, and the STA ID values ​​included in the user information (e.g., the user field of the U-SIG / UHR-SIG field of a DL OFDMA PPDU (e.g., MU PPDU) or the UHR variant user information field of a trigger frame) corresponding to such 2 / 4 / 9 26-tone RRUs can be set to the same value as the ID of the corresponding STA. Additionally, information indicating that a DRU is allocated, and / or information indicating whether the DRU allocated to the STA is the last of a plurality of 26-tone RRU indices, may be defined in the user information (e.g., a user field of a U-SIG / UHR-SIG field of a DL OFDMA PPDU (e.g., an MU PPDU), or a UHR variant user information field of a trigger frame).

[1950] (Example 2-6)

[1951] As in the aforementioned embodiment 2-22, for a 52-ton DRU, it is predefined to include the tones of two 26-ton DRUs of a fixed combination, as in the aforementioned embodiment 2-3, for a 106-ton DRU, it is predefined to include the tones of two 52-ton DRUs of a fixed combination (or four 26-ton DRUs of a fixed combination), and as in the aforementioned embodiment 2-4, for a 242-ton DRU, it is predefined to include the tones of two 106-ton DRUs of a fixed combination and one additional 26-ton DRU (or four 52-ton DRUs of a fixed combination and one additional 26-ton DRU, or nine 26-ton DRUs of a fixed combination), but by generalizing the DRU index and mapping it to each RRU index, it corresponds to a specific 52-ton DRU / 106-ton DRU / 242-ton DRU. It can also be flexibly configured as a 26-ton DRU / 52-ton DRU / 242-ton DRU.

[1952] For example, 26-tone DRU-a / b / c / d / e / f / g / h / i / j / k / l / m / n / o / p / q / r can be defined to correspond to 26-tone DRU-1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10 / 11 / 12 / 13 / 14 / 15 / 16 / 17 / 18 in any manner (for example, indices a to r and indices 1 to 18 correspond one-to-one, but the numeric indices corresponding to each alphabetic index are determined in ascending order or any order). Here, the positions of the tones included in the 26-tone DRU may be applied in the examples of Embodiment 2-1 or in another manner. Based on this, 52-ton DRU-a / b / c / d / e / f / g / h, 106-ton DRU-a / b / c / d, and 242-ton DRU-a / b can be defined as corresponding to combinations of lower-size DRU indices as in the examples below.

[1953] - 52-ton DRU-a: 26-ton DRU-a, and 26-ton DRU-j

[1954] - 52-ton DRU-b: 26-ton DRU-b, and 26-ton DRU-k

[1955] - 52-ton DRU-c: 26-ton DRU-c, and 26-ton DRU-l

[1956] - 52-ton DRU-d = 26-ton DRU-d, and 26-ton DRU-m

[1957] - 52-ton DRU-e: 26-ton DRU-f, and 26-ton DRU-o

[1958] - 52-ton DRU-f: 26-ton DRU-g, and 26-ton DRU-p

[1959] - 52-ton DRU-g: 26-ton DRU-h, and 26-ton DRU-q

[1960] - 52-ton DRU-h = 26-ton DRU-i, and 26-ton DRU-r

[1961] - 106-tone DRU-a: 52-tone DRU-a, 52-tone DRU-e, and two tones of null tone type 1.

[1962] - 106-tone DRU-b: 2 tones of the 52-tone DRU-b, 52-tone DRU-f, and null tone type 1.

[1963] - 106-tone DRU-c: 52-tone DRU-c, 52-tone DRU-g, and two tones of null tone type 1.

[1964] - 106-tone DRU-d: 52-tone DRU-d, 52-tone DRU-h, and two of the tones of null tone type 1.

[1965] - 242-Tone DRU-a: 4 of the tones of the 106-Tone DRU-a, 106-Tone DRU-c, 26-Tone DRU-e, and Null Tone Type 2.

[1966] - 242-tone DRU-b: 4 of the tones of the 106-tone DRU-b, 106-tone DRU-d, 26-tone DRU-n, and null tone type 2.

[1967] In the generalized / flexible manner described above, two of the tones of null tone type 1 used in the combination can be defined as described in Example 2-3, and four of the tones of null tone type 2 can be defined as described in Example 2-4.

[1968] Additionally or alternatively, a gap between multiple lower-sized DRU indices corresponding to a single upper-sized DRU index may be utilized. The value of this gap may be explicitly signaled to the STA, or may be implicitly signaled based on other information (e.g., bandwidth information, BSS color information, etc.) without separate signaling. For example, a 52-tone DRU and a 106-tone DRU may include subcarriers of lower-sized DRUs as follows:

[1969] - 52-ton DRU-a: 26-ton DRU-a, and 26-ton DRU-(a+Gap)

[1970] - 52-ton DRU-b: 26-ton DRU-b, and 26-ton DRU-(b+Gap)

[1971] - 52-ton DRU-c: 26-ton DRU-c, and 26-ton DRU-(c+Gap)

[1972] - 52-ton DRU-d = 26-ton DRU-d, and 26-ton DRU-(d+Gap)

[1973] - 52-ton DRU-e: 26-ton DRU-f, and 26-ton DRU-(f+Gap)

[1974] - 52-ton DRU-f: 26-ton DRU-g, and 26-ton DRU-(g+Gap)

[1975] - 52-ton DRU-g: 26-ton DRU-h, and 26-ton DRU-(h+Gap)

[1976] - 52-ton DRU-h = 26-ton DRU-i, and 26-ton DRU-(i+Gap)

[1977] - 106-tone DRU-a: 52-tone DRU-a, 52-tone DRU-(a+Gap), and two tones of null tone type 1.

[1978] - 106-tone DRU-b: 52-tone DRU-b, 52-tone DRU-(b+Gap), and two tones of null tone type 1.

[1979] - 106-tone DRU-c: 52-tone DRU-c, 52-tone DRU-(c+Gap), and two tones of null tone type 1.

[1980] - 106-tone DRU-d: 52-tone DRU-d, 52-tone DRU-(d+Gap), and two tones of null tone type 1.

[1981] - 242-tone DRU-a: 4 tones of the 106-tone DRU-a, 106-tone DRU-(a+Gap), 26-tone DRU-e, and null tone type 2.

[1982] - 242-tone DRU-b: 4 tones of the 106-tone DRU-b, 106-tone DRU-(b+Gap), 26-tone DRU-n, and null tone type 2.

[1983] Here, two of the tones of null tone type 1 for the 106-tone DRU can be defined as described in Example 2-3, and four of the tones of null tone type 2 for the 242-tone DRU can be defined as described in Example 2-4.

[1984] In the examples described above, the order of the alphabetic indices of DRUs may be unrelated to the order of their positions in the frequency domain. Furthermore, even if the alphabetic indices of DRUs of different sizes are identical, this does not imply that the order within DRU indices of the same size is identical.

[1985] In the examples described above, the Gap value may have the same or different values ​​depending on the DRU size. For example, the Gap value may have independent values ​​depending on the DRU size, or it may have associated values.

[1986] (Example 2-7)

[1987] Based on the aforementioned DRU tone plan, a pilot tone plan for each DRU can be defined.

[1988] Based on the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU, the pilot tones of all DRUs can be defined. In this regard, to ensure sufficiently distributed pilot tones not only within each DRU but also between DRUs, we propose a method for defining the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU by applying a shift to the tone at a specific location.

[1989] That is, in a 26-tone DRU, a pilot tone can be defined by applying a shift value based on a specific position (e.g., a tone position defined as a pilot tone within a legacy (IEEE 802.11 ax / be) 26-tone RRU). For example, the specific position can correspond to the tone at the [6th, 20th], [7th, 21st], or [7th, 20th] position in each 26-tone DRU.

[1990] Also, for the convenience of explanation, consider applying one of eight pilot tone shift values ​​to each 26-tone DRU, and the eight pilot tone shift values ​​are referred to as p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, and p8. When a specific position is [7th, 20th], each pilot tone shift value can be greater than or equal to -6, or less than or equal to +6. Also, when a specific position is [6th, 20th], each pilot tone shift value can be greater than or equal to -5, or less than or equal to +6. Also, when a specific position is [7th, 21st], each pilot tone shift value can be greater than or equal to -6, or less than or equal to +5. In addition, additional constraints (e.g., p1) are applied to the eight pilot tone shift values. <p2<p3<p4<p5<p6<p7<p8)이 적용될 수도 있다.

[1991] For example, for each 26-tone DRU, the pilot tone shift value can be applied as follows. For this example, in order to consider generalized combinations, the aforementioned alphabetic index (e.g., see Example 2-6) can be used instead of the numeric index in each DRU index. As a specific example, the alphabetic index in the same order as the numeric index can be used (if the numeric indexes are 1, 2, 3, ..., the alphabetic indexes are a, b, c, ...).

[1992] - p1: 26-ton DRU 1, 26-ton DRU 6

[1993] - p2: 26-ton DRU 2, 26-ton DRU 7

[1994] - p3: 26-ton DRU 3, 26-ton DRU 8

[1995] - p4: 26-ton DRU 4, 26-ton DRU 9

[1996] - p5: 26-ton DRU 10, 26-ton DRU 15

[1997] - p6: 26-ton DRU 11, 26-ton DRU 16

[1998] - p7: 26-ton DRU 12, 26-ton DRU 17

[1999] - P8: 26-ton DRU 13, 26-ton DRU 18

[2000] The 26-tone DRU 5 and 26-tone DRU 14 may be defined to use a tone at a specific location as the pilot tone, although any arbitrary pilot tone shift value may be applied.

[2001] In each of the pilot tone shift values ​​described above, 26-tone DRUs located in the same order of p1 and p5 can exchange pilot tone shift values ​​with each other. For example, 26-tone DRU 1 and 26-tone DRU 10 can exchange pilot tone shift values ​​with each other, so that p5 is used in 26-tone DRU 1 and p1 is used in 26-tone DRU 10. For another example, 26-tone DRU 6 and 26-tone DRU 15 can exchange pilot tone shift values ​​with each other, so that p5 is used in 26-tone DRU 6 and p1 is used in 26-tone DRU 15. Similarly, 26-tone DRUs located in the same order of p2 and p6, p3 and p7, and / or p4 and p8 can exchange pilot tone shift values ​​with each other.

[2002] The 26-tone DRUs with pilot tone shift values ​​p1, p3, p5, and p7 are used to form 242-tone DRU 1, and the 26-tone DRUs with pilot tone shift values ​​p2, p4, p6, and p8 can be used to form 242-tone DRU 2. That is, the 242-tone DRU can be configured with two 26-tone DRUs having the same pilot tone shift values. At this time, in the process of configuring the 106-tone DRU, the pilot tone corresponding to one of the two identical pilot tone shift values ​​is converted into a data tone, and ultimately, each pilot tone in each 242-tone DRU uses only the pilot tone of one 26-tone DRU in each pilot tone shift value. That is, not only the pilot tones in other DRUs but also the pilot tones in the 242-tone DRU can have sufficient gaps. Additionally, since pilot tones formed by different pilot tone shift values ​​are configured between different 242-tone DRUs and / or 106-tone DRUs, sufficiently distributed pilot tones can be configured between DRUs. In this regard, pilot tones formed by some of the same pilot tone shift values ​​can be configured in 26-tone DRUs and / or 52-tone DRUs.

[2003] In a 106-tone DRU, at least one of the following various options may be considered for how some of the pilot tones of the smaller DRUs are converted to data tones and some are used as pilot tones:

[2004] (Option 1)

[2005] For shift values ​​with odd indices (e.g., p1, p3, p5, p7), the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU with a lower index is selected, and for shift values ​​with even indices (e.g., p2, p4, p6, p8), the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU with a higher index is selected. In this way, the pilot tones can be sufficiently distributed among the pilots between DRUs under certain shift value situations.

[2006] (Option 2)

[2007] For shift values ​​of odd indices, the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU of the higher index is selected, and for shift values ​​of even indices, the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU of the lower index is selected.

[2008] (Option 3)

[2009] In a negative tone index, the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU with a low index is selected, and in a positive tone index, the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU with a high index is selected.

[2010] (Option 4)

[2011] In a negative tone index, the pilot tone of the 26-tone DRU with a high index is selected, a...

Claims

1. A step of generating a PPDU (physical layer protocol data unit) including one or more fields by a first station (STA); and A step of transmitting the PPDU to one or more second STAs on a bandwidth including a channel of a certain size, by the first STA, The above one or more fields are transmitted on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), Based on the above one or more DRUs including a 26-ton DRU, the 26-ton DRU is one of a predefined number of 26-ton DRU candidates, The two pilot tones for the 26-tone DRU candidate are defined by applying shift values ​​to two tone indices in a specific order among the 26 tones of the 26-tone DRU candidate, The above shift value is one of nine different shift values ​​for the plurality of 26-tone DRU candidates.

2. In paragraph 1, The above specific order is one of the 26 tones (7th, 20th), (6th, 20th), or (7th, 21st).

3. In paragraph 2, Based on the above-mentioned fixed-size channel being a 20MHz channel and nine 26-tone DRU candidates being predefined, The shift value for the first 26-ton DRU is p1, The shift value for the second 26-ton DRU is p2, The shift value for the third 26-ton DRU is p3, The shift value for the fourth 26-ton DRU is p4, The shift value for the fifth 26-ton DRU is p5, The shift value for the sixth 26-ton DRU is p6, The shift value for the 7th 26-tone DRU is p7, The shift value for the 8th 26-tone DRU is p8, The shift value for the 9th 26-tone DRU is p9, where p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, and p9 are different integer values.

4. In paragraph 3, p1 is -p9, p2 is -p8, p3 is -p7, p4 is -p6, p5 is 0, Here, p1, p2, p3, p4 are integer values ​​greater than or equal to 1.

5. In paragraph 4, [p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, p9] is [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4].

6. In paragraph 1, For the above 20MHz channel, The first 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-121:9:-13] and [5:9:113], The second 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-120:9:-12] and [6:9:114], The third 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-119:9:-11] and [7:9:115], The fourth 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-118:9:-10] and [8:9:116], The fifth 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-117:9:-9] and [9:9:117], The sixth 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-116:9:-8] and [10:9:118], The seventh 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-115:9:-7] and [11:9:119], The 8th 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-114:9:-6] and [12:9:120], The 9th 26-tone DRU contains tones with tone indices [-113:9:-5] and [13:9:121], Here, the tone index [x:y:z] is a method in which the tone indexes of the tones selected in units of y tones from the tone of the x index to the tone of the z index.

7. In paragraph 1, Based on the nine different shift values ​​above, the full pilot tones of tone indices [-103:10:-23] and [23:10:103] are defined, A method in which the pilot tone of each DRU is determined based on the above overall pilot tone.

8. In paragraph 1, Based on the fact that the above one or more DRUs include a 52-ton DRU, the 52-ton DRU is one of a predefined number of 52-ton DRU candidates, A method wherein, for the above plurality of 52-tone DRU candidates, four pilot tones for the 52-tone DRU candidates are defined as a combination of pilot tones for two 26-tone DRU candidates for configuring the 52-tone DRU candidates.

9. In paragraph 8, Based on the fact that the above one or more DRUs include a 106-ton DRU, the 106-ton DRU is one of a predefined number of 106-ton DRU candidates, A method wherein, for the above plurality of 106-tone DRU candidates, the four pilot tones for the 106-tone DRU candidates are defined as four of the pilot tones for the two 52-tone DRU candidates for configuring the 106-tone DRU candidates.

10. In paragraph 1, One or more DRUs are indicated based on the resource unit (RU) allocation information included in the PPDU, or A method in which one or more DRUs are indicated based on RU allocation information included in a trigger frame that triggers transmission of the PPDU.

11. In paragraph 1, The method wherein the above PPDU is a downlink PPDU or an uplink TB (trigger-based) PPDU.

12. In paragraph 1, A method wherein said one or more fields include data fields.

13. In paragraph 1, Based on the set of subcarrier indices included in each of the above one or more DRUs for a channel of x MHz in a bandwidth of y MHz, denoted as S_x_y, The first S_20_40 = S_20_20 - 128, The second S_20_40 = S_20_20 + 128, method.

14. In paragraph 13, The first S_20_80 = the first S_20_40 - 256, The second S_20_80 = the second S_20_40 - 256, The third S_20_80 = the first S_20_40 + 256, The 4th S_20_80 = the 2nd S_20_40 + 256, method.

15. In paragraph 14, The first S_20_160 = the first S_20_80 - ​​512, The second S_20_160 = the second S_20_80 - ​​512, The 3rd S_20_160 = the 3rd S_20_80 - ​​512 The 4th S_20_160 = the 4th S_20_80 - ​​512, The 5th S_20_160 = the 1st S_20_80 + 512, The 6th S_20_160 = the 2nd S_20_80 + 512, The 7th S_20_160 = the 3rd S_20_80 + 512, The 8th S_20_160 = the 4th S_20_80 + 512, method.

16. In paragraph 14, The first S_20_240 = the first S_20_80 - ​​1024, The second S_20_240 = the second S_20_80 - ​​1024, The third S_20_240 = the third S_20_80 - ​​1024, The 4th S_20_240 = the 4th S_20_80 - ​​1024, The 5th S_20_240 = the 1st S_20_80, The 6th S_20_240 = the 2nd S_20_80, The 7th S_20_240 = the 3rd S_20_80, The 8th S_20_240 = the 4th S_20_80, The 9th S_20_240 = the 1st S_20_80 + 1024, The 10th S_20_240 = the 2nd S_20_80 + 1024, The 11th S_20_240 = the 3rd S_20_80 + 1024, 12th S_20_240 = 4th S_20_80 + 1024, method.

17. In paragraph 15, The first S_20_320 = the first S_20_160 - 1024, The second S_20_320 = the second S_20_160 - 1024, The third S_20_320 = the third S_20_160 - 1024, The 4th S_20_320 = the 4th S_20_160 - 1024, The 5th S_20_320 = the 5th S_20_160 - 1024, The 6th S_20_320 = the 6th S_20_160 - 1024, The 7th S_20_320 = the 7th S_20_160 - 1024, The 8th S_20_320 = the 8th S_20_160 - 1024, The 9th S_20_320 = the 1st S_20_160 + 1024, The 10th S_20_320 = the 2nd S_20_160 + 1024, The 11th S_20_320 = the 3rd S_20_160 + 1024, The 12th S_20_320 = the 4th S_20_160 + 1024, The 13th S_20_320 = the 5th S_20_160 + 1024, The 14th S_20_320 = the 6th S_20_160 + 1024, The 15th S_20_320 = the 7th S_20_160 + 1024, 16th S_20_320 = 8th S_20_160 + 1024, method.

18. In paragraph 15, The first S_20_480 = the first S_20_160 - 2048, The second S_20_480 = the second S_20_160 - 2048, The third S_20_480 = the third S_20_160 - 2048, The 4th S_20_480 = The 4th S_20_160 - 2048, The 5th S_20_480 = the 5th S_20_160 - 2048, The 6th S_20_480 = the 6th S_20_160 - 2048, The 7th S_20_480 = the 7th S_20_160 - 2048, The 8th S_20_480 = the 8th S_20_160 - 2048, The 9th S_20_480 = the 1st S_20_160, The 10th S_20_480 = the 2nd S_20_160, The 11th S_20_480 = the 3rd S_20_160, The 12th S_20_480 = the 4th S_20_160, The 13th S_20_480 = the 5th S_20_160, The 14th S_20_480 = the 6th S_20_160, The 15th S_20_480 = the 7th S_20_160, The 16th S_20_480 = the 8th S_20_160, The 17th S_20_480 = the 1st S_20_160 + 2048, The 18th S_20_480 = the 2nd S_20_160 + 2048, The 19th S_20_480 = the 3rd S_20_160 + 2048, The 20th S_20_480 = the 4th S_20_160 + 2048, The 21st S_20_480 = the 5th S_20_160 + 2048, The 22nd S_20_480 = the 6th S_20_160 + 2048, The 23rd S_20_480 = the 7th S_20_160 + 2048, 24th S_20_480 = 8th S_20_160 + 2048, method.

19. In paragraph 17, The first S_20_640 = the first S_20_320 - 2048, The second S_20_640 = the second S_20_320 - 2048, The third S_20_640 = the third S_20_320 - 2048, The 4th S_20_640 = the 4th S_20_320 - 2048, The 5th S_20_640 = the 5th S_20_320 - 2048, The 6th S_20_640 = the 6th S_20_320 - 2048, The 7th S_20_640 = the 7th S_20_320 - 2048, The 8th S_20_640 = the 8th S_20_320 - 2048, The 9th S_20_640 = the 9th S_20_320 - 2048, The 10th S_20_640 = the 10th S_20_320 - 2048, 11th S_20_640 = 11th S_20_320 - 2048, 12th S_20_640 = 12th S_20_320 - 2048, 13th S_20_640 = 13th S_20_320 - 2048, 14th S_20_640 = 14th S_20_320 - 2048, 15 S_20_640 = 15 S_20_320 - 2048, 16th S_20_640 = 16th S_20_320 - 2048, The 17th S_20_640 = the 1st S_20_320 + 2048, The 18th S_20_640 = the 2nd S_20_320 + 2048, The 19th S_20_640 = the 3rd S_20_320 + 2048, The 20th S_20_640 = the 4th S_20_320 + 2048, The 21st S_20_640 = the 5th S_20_320 + 2048, The 22nd S_20_640 = the 6th S_20_320 + 2048, The 23rd S_20_640 = the 7th S_20_320 + 2048, The 24th S_20_640 = the 8th S_20_320 + 2048, The 25th S_20_640 = the 9th S_20_320 + 2048, The 26th S_20_640 = the 10th S_20_320 + 2048, The 27th S_20_640 = the 11th S_20_320 + 2048, The 28th S_20_640 = the 12th S_20_320 + 2048, The 29th S_20_640 = the 13th S_20_320 + 2048, The 30th S_20_640 = the 14th S_20_320 + 2048, The 31st S_20_640 = the 15th S_20_320 + 2048, 32nd S_20_640 = 16th S_20_320 + 2048, method.

20. In paragraph 17, A method in which an additional tone shift value is applied to each of the first S_20_40 and the second S_20_40.

21. In paragraph 3, Based on the above-mentioned fixed-size channel being a 40MHz channel and 18 26-tone DRU candidates being predefined, The shift values ​​for the first 26-ton DRU and the sixth 26-ton DRU are p1, The shift values ​​for the second 26-ton DRU and the seventh 26-ton DRU are p2, The shift values ​​for the third 26-ton DRU and the eighth 26-ton DRU are p3, The shift values ​​for the 4th 26-ton DRU and the 9th 26-ton DRU are p4, The shift values ​​for the 10th 26-ton DRU and the 15th 26-ton DRU are p5, The shift values ​​for the 11th 26-ton DRU and the 16th 26-ton DRU are p6, The shift values ​​for the 12th 26-ton DRU and the 17th 26-ton DRU are p7, The shift values ​​for the 13th 26-ton DRU and the 18th 26-ton DRU are p8, where p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, and p8 are different integer values.

22. In paragraph 21, Method where p1 is -p8, p2 is -p7, p3 is -p6, and p4 is -p5.

23. One or more transmitters and receivers; and comprising one or more processors connected to said one or more transceivers, One or more of the above processors: Generate a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) containing one or more fields; Set to transmit the PPDU to one or more second STAs over a bandwidth including a channel of a certain size through the one or more transceivers, The above one or more fields are transmitted on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), Based on the above one or more DRUs including a 26-ton DRU, the 26-ton DRU is one of a predefined number of 26-ton DRU candidates, The two pilot tones for the 26-tone DRU candidate are defined by applying shift values ​​to two tone indices in a specific order among the 26 tones of the 26-tone DRU candidate, The above shift value is one of nine different shift values ​​predefined for the above multiple 26-tone DRU candidates.

24. A step of receiving, by a second STA, a PPDU (physical layer protocol data unit) including one or more fields on a bandwidth including a channel of a certain size from a first STA; and A step of decoding one or more fields received on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs) by the second STA, The above one or more fields are transmitted on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), Based on the above one or more DRUs including a 26-ton DRU, the 26-ton DRU is one of a predefined number of 26-ton DRU candidates, The two pilot tones for the 26-tone DRU candidate are defined by applying shift values ​​to two tone indices in a specific order among the 26 tones of the 26-tone DRU candidate, The above shift value is one of nine different shift values ​​predefined for the above multiple 26-tone DRU candidates.

25. One or more transmitters and receivers; and comprising one or more processors connected to said one or more transceivers, One or more of the above processors: Through the one or more transceivers, a PPDU (physical layer protocol data unit) including one or more fields is received from a first STA over a bandwidth including a channel of a certain size; Set to decode one or more fields received on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), The above one or more fields are transmitted on one or more distributed resource units (DRUs), Based on the above one or more DRUs including a 26-ton DRU, the 26-ton DRU is one of a predefined number of 26-ton DRU candidates, The two pilot tones for the 26-tone DRU candidate are defined by applying shift values ​​to two tone indices in a specific order among the 26 tones of the 26-tone DRU candidate, The above shift value is one of nine different shift values ​​predefined for the plurality of 26-tone DRU candidates.

26. In a processing device configured to control a station (STA) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system, the processing device: one or more processors; and A processing device comprising one or more computer memories operatively connected to said one or more processors and storing instructions that, when executed by said one or more processors, perform a method according to any one of claims 1 to 21.

27. One or more non-transitory computer-readable media storing one or more instructions, A computer-readable medium, wherein the one or more commands are executed by one or more processors to control a device in a wireless LAN system to perform a method according to any one of claims 1 to 21.

Images